This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_4BIT_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY
To do this we introduce CONFIG_SYS_HAS_NONCACHED_MEMORY as a bool to
gate if we are going to have noncached_... functions available and then
continue to use CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY to store the size of said
cache. We make this new option depend on both the architectures which
implement support and the drivers which make use of it.
Cc: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Mingming lee <mingming.lee@mediatek.com>
Cc: "Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu)" <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Alban Bedel <alban.bedel@avionic-design.de>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Allen Martin <amartin@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN
To do this, we set a default of 0 for everyone because there are a
number of cases where we define CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN but the only
impact is that we set TOTAL_MALLOC_LEN to be CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN +
CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, so we must continue to allow all boards to set this
value. Update the SPL code to use 200 KB as the default raw U-Boot size
directly, if we don't have a real CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN value.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_MAX_DEVICE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_MAX_BLK_COUNT
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_NAND_DEVICE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE
CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
As part of this, we move CMD_SAVES to be after CMD_LOADS as they are
logically related (load or save an s-record format file) and this makes
grouping of CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE easier.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce three options, one for each observed L3 cache size, and have
the size select'd as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Introduce two options, one for each observed L2 cache size, and have the
size select'd as needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_RTC_MCFRRTC
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR
CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
CONFIG_SYS_LBC_CACHE_BASE
CONFIG_SYS_LIME_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_MAMR
CONFIG_SYS_MCFRRTC_BASE
CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_SEC
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_INTERLAKEN
CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO
CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_BASE_ADDRESS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_LOCK
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The imx8mn_beacon board does not use the same memory map as the reference
design from NXP or other imx8mn boards. As such, memory is more limited
in SPL.
Moving SPL_BSS_START_ADDR and SPL_STACK to default locations increases
the amount of available meory for the SPL stack. Doing this allows
the board to no longer define CONFIG_MALLOC_F_ADDR.
Since SYS_LOAD_ADDR also does not align with other boards, move it too.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v6.1-rc3.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8m{m,n,p}-venice-*
Synchronise device tree with linux v6.1-rc3.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8m{m,n,p}-venice-*
Synchronise device tree with linux v6.1-rc3.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8m{m,n,p}-venice-*
Synchronise device tree with linux v6.1-rc3.
Note: Nowadays, the intent is for them regular device trees to just be
synchronised from them Linux kernel device trees and any and all U-Boot
specific changes need to go into the -u-boot.dtsi device tree include
files which BTW get included automatically by the U-Boot build system.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The IMX8M based Venice boards all have device-tree fec nodes that
use proper dt with a phy-handle pointing to a phy with reg assigned
to the proper phy address.
There is no need to keep using the CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR hack when
a proper dt is used - remove it.
This was previously done in commit 400eebf10d
("configs: imx8m{m, n}_venice: remove unneeded CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR")
but got clobbered by commit 6889412ad5
("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
remove unused ifdef left behind after commit ca3369df71
("configs: drop CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add support for the MSC SM2S-IMX8PLUS SMARC Module. Tested in conjunction
with the MSC SM2-MB-EP1 Mini-ITX Carrier Board.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Update the sandbox implementation to use UCLASS_HOST and adjust all
the pieces to continue to work:
- Update the 'host' command to use the new API
- Replace various uses of UCLASS_ROOT with UCLASS_HOST
- Disable test_eficonfig since it doesn't work (this should have a unit
test to allow this to be debugged)
- Update the blk test to use the new API
- Drop the old header file
Unfortunately it does not seem to be possible to split this change up
further.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sandbox supports block devices which can access files on the host machine.
At present there is no uclass for this. The devices are attached to the
root devic. The block-device type is therefore set to UCLASS_ROOT which
is confusing.
Block devices should be attached to a 'media' device instead, something
which handles access to the actual media and provides the block driver
for the block device.
Create a new uclass to handle this. It supports two operations, to attach
and detach a file on the host machine.
For now this is not fully plumbed in.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function now finds its block-device child by looking for a child
device of the correct uclass (UCLASS_BLK). It cannot produce a device of
any other type, so drop the superfluous check.
Provide a version which does not probe the device, since that is often
needed when setting up the device's platdata.
Also fix up the function's comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running unit tests, some may have side effects which cause a
subsequent test to break. This can sometimes be seen when using 'ut dm'
or similar.
Add a new argument which allows a particular (failing) test to be run
immediately after a certain number of tests have run. This allows the
test causing the failure to be determined.
Update the documentation also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some tests access data in block devices and so cause the cache to fill
up. This results in memory being allocated.
Some tests check the malloc usage at the beginning and then again at the
end, to ensure there is no memory leak caused by the test. The block cache
makes this difficult, since the any test may cause entries to be allocated
or even freed, if the cache becomes full.
It is simpler to clear the block cache after each test. This ensures that
it will not introduce noise in tests which check malloc usage.
Add the logic to clear the cache, using the existing blkcache_invalidate()
function. Drop the duplicate code at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the documentation to avoid a warning with 'make htmldocs'.
Fixes: 10107efedd ("sandbox: add SIGALRM-based watchdog device")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The RD-AC5X-32G16HVG6HLG-A0 development board main components and
features include:
* Main 12V/54V power supply
* 270 Gbps throughput packet processor on the main board
* DDR4:
* SR1: 2GB DDR4 2400MT/S(1GB x 2 pcs ) with ECC(1GB x 1 pcs)
* SR2: 4GB DDR4 2400MT/S(2GB x 2 pcs ) with ECC(2GB x 1 pcs)
* PCB co-layout with 4GB device to support 8GB (Dual CS) requirement
* 16GB eMMC (Samsung KLMAG1JETD-B041006)
* 16MB SPI NOR(GD25Q127C)
* 32 x 1000 Base-T interfaces
* 16 x 2500 Base-T interfaces
* SR1: 88E2540*4
* SR2: 88E2580*1+88E2540*2
* Six (6) x 25G Base-R SFP28 interfaces
* One (1) x RJ-45 console connector, interfacing to the on board UART
* One (1) x USB Type-A connector, interfacing to the USB 2.0 port (0)
* One (1) x USB Type-mini B connector, interfacing to the USB 2.0 port (1)
* One (1) x RJ-45 1G Base-T Management port, interfacing to the host
port (shared with PCIe) Connected to 88E1512 Gigabit Ethernet Phy
* One (1) x Oculink port, interfacing to the PCIe port for external CPU
connection
* POE 802.3AT support on Port 1 ~ Port 32, 802.3BT support on Port 33 ~
Port 48 (Microsemi PD69208T4, PD69208M or TI TPS2388,TPS23881
solution)
* POE total power budget 780W
* LED interfaces per network port/POE
* LED interfaces (common) showing system status
* PTP TC mode Supported (Reserved M.2 connector to support BC mode)
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
File name with pattern u-boot-spl* is used on all places except in kwb
image for binary with SPL-only code. Combined binary with both SPL and
proper U-Boot in other places has file name pattern u-boot-with-spl*.
Make it consistent also for kwb image and rename u-boot-spl.kwb to
u-boot-with-spl.kwb as this image contains both SPL and proper U-Boot code.
Also update documentation about file name changes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_REQ
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CPU_CLOCK_RATE is just used once for CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_TIMER_FREQ
which is migrated to Kconfig in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Resolve all uses of CONFIG_SYS_MHZ with the currently defined value.
Remove code which depends on CONFIG_SYS_MHZ but where no board configs
actually use that code.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
So far the Calxeda machines were using the CONFIG_SYS_TIMER_* macros to
simply hardcode the address of the counter register of the SP804 timer.
This method is deprecated and scheduled for removal.
Use the newly introduced SP804 DM_TIMER driver to provide timer
functionality on Highbank and Midway machines. The base address and base
frequency are taken from the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, we must call cyclic_init() at some point before
cyclic_register() becomes possible. That turns out to be somewhat
awkward, especially with SPL, and has resulted in a watchdog callback
not being registered, thus causing the board to prematurely reset.
We already rely on gd->cyclic reliably being set to NULL by the asm
code that clears all of gd. Now that the cyclic list is a hlist, and
thus an empty list is represented by a NULL head pointer, and struct
cyclic_drv has no other members, we can just as well drop a level of
indirection and put the hlist_head directly in struct
global_data. This doesn't increase the size of struct global_data,
gets rid of an early malloc(), and generates slightly smaller code.
But primarily, this avoids having to call cyclic_init() early; the cyclic
infrastructure is simply ready to register callbacks as soon as we
enter C code.
We can still end up with schedule() being called from asm very early,
so we still need to check that gd itself has been properly initialized
[*], but once it has, gd->cyclic_list is perfectly fine to access, and
will just be an empty list.
As for cyclic_uninit(), it was never really the opposite of
cyclic_init() since it didn't free the struct cyclic_drv nor set
gd->cyclic to NULL. Rename it to cyclic_unregister_all() and use that
in test/, and also insert a call at the end of the board_init_f
sequence so that gd->cyclic_list is a fresh empty list before we enter
board_init_r().
A small piece of ugliness is that I had to add a cast in
cyclic_get_list() to silence a "discards 'volatile' qualifier"
warning, but that is completely equivalent to the existing handling of
the uclass_root_s list_head member.
[*] I'm not really sure where we guarantee that the register used for
gd contains 0 until it gets explicitly initialized, but that must be
the case, otherwise testing gd for being NULL would not make much sense.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
A hlist is headed by just a single pointer, so can only be traversed
forwards, and insertions can only happen at the head (or before/after
an existing list member). But each list node still consists of two
pointers, so arbitrary elements can still be removed in O(1).
This is precisely what we need for the cyclic_list - we never need to
traverse it backwards, and the order the callbacks appear in the list
should really not matter.
One advantage, and the main reason for doing this switch, is that an
empty list is represented by a NULL head pointer, so unlike a
list_head, it does not need separate C code to initialize - a
memset(,0,) of the containing structure is sufficient.
This is mostly mechanical:
- The iterators are updated with an h prefix, and the type of the
temporary variable changed to struct hlist_node*.
- Adding/removing is now just hlist_add_head (and not tail) and
hlist_del().
- struct members and function return values updated.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
All the way back in 2013, the linux kernel updated the four
hlist_for_each_entry* iterators to require one less auxiliary
variable:
commit b67bfe0d42cac56c512dd5da4b1b347a23f4b70a
Author: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Date: Wed Feb 27 17:06:00 2013 -0800
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators
Currently, there is only one "user" of any of these, namely in
fs/ubifs/super.c, but that actually uses the "new-style" form, and
is (obviously, or it wouldn't have built) inside #ifndef __UBOOT__.
Before adding actual users of these, import the version as of linux
v6.1-rc1, including the hlist_entry_safe() helper used by the new
versions.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
We're already relying on gd->cyclic being NULL before cyclic_init() is
called - i.e., we're relying on all of gd being zeroed before entering
any C code. And when we do populate gd->cyclic, its ->cyclic_ready
member is automatically set to true. So we can actually just rely on
testing gd->cyclic itself.
The only wrinkle is that cyclic_uninit() actually did set
->cyclic_ready to false. However, since it doesn't free gd->cyclic,
the cyclic infrastructure is actually still ready (i.e., the list_head
is properly initialized as an empty list).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
As a preparation for future patches, use a flag in gd->flags rather
than a separate member in (the singleton) struct cyclic_drv to keep
track of whether we're already inside cyclic_run().
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> # imx8mm-venice-*
The FWU Multi Bank Update feature supports updating firmware images
to one of multiple sets(also called banks) of images. The firmware
images are clubbed together in banks, with the system booting images
from the active bank. Information on the images such as which bank
they belong to is stored as part of the metadata structure, which is
stored on the same storage media as the firmware images on a dedicated
partition.
At the time of update, the metadata is read to identify the bank to
which the images need to be flashed(update bank). On a successful
update, the metadata is modified to set the updated bank as active
bank to subsequently boot from.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update specification requires the Update Agent to
carry out certain checks at the time of platform boot. The Update
Agent is the component which is responsible for updating the firmware
components and maintaining and keeping the metadata in sync.
The spec requires that the Update Agent perform the following checks
at the time of boot
* Sanity check of both the metadata copies maintained by the platform.
* Get the boot index passed to U-Boot by the prior stage bootloader
and use this value for metadata bookkeeping.
* Check if the system is booting in Trial State. If the system boots
in the Trial State for more than a specified number of boot counts,
change the Active Bank to be booting the platform from.
Call these checks through the main loop event at the time of platform
boot.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add an event type EVT_MAIN_LOOP that can be used for registering
events that need to be run after the platform has been initialised and
before the main_loop function is called.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
The FWU Multi Bank Update feature allows the platform to boot the
firmware images from one of the partitions(banks). The first stage
bootloader(fsbl) passes the value of the boot index, i.e. the bank
from which the firmware images were booted from to U-Boot. On the
STM32MP157C-DK2 board, this value is passed through one of the SoC's
backup register. Add a function to read the boot index value from the
backup register.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add weak functions for getting the update index value and dfu
alternate number needed for FWU Multi Bank update
functionality.
The current implementation for getting the update index value is for
platforms with 2 banks. If a platform supports more than 2 banks, it
can implement it's own function. The function to get the dfu alternate
number has been added for platforms with GPT partitioned storage
devices. Platforms with other storage partition scheme need to
implement their own function.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Enabling capsule update functionality on the platform requires
populating information on the images that are to be updated using the
functionality. Do so for the DK2 board.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
In the FWU Multi Bank Update feature, the information about the
updatable images is stored as part of the metadata, on a separate
partition. Add a driver for reading from and writing to the metadata
when the updatable images and the metadata are stored on a block
device which is formatted with GPT based partition scheme.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
In the FWU Multi Bank Update feature, the information about the
updatable images is stored as part of the metadata, which is stored on
a dedicated partition. Add the metadata structure, and a driver model
uclass which provides functions to access the metadata. These are
generic API's, and implementations can be added based on parameters
like how the metadata partition is accessed and what type of storage
device houses the metadata.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
VBE supports booting firmware during the SPL phases, i.e. so that VPL can
start SPL and SPL can start U-Boot.
It also supports booting an OS, when in U-Boot.
As a first step towards these features, add functions to indicate the
current VBE phase. The firmware selection is done in VPL and the OS
selection is done in U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox runs the next phase from discrete executables, so for
example u-boot-tpl runs u-boot-vpl to get to the next phase.
In some cases the phases are all built into a single firmware image, as is
done for real boards. Add support for this to sandbox.
Make it higher priority so that it takes precedence over the existing
method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for filtering out FIT images by phase. Rather than adding yet
another argument to this already overloaded function, use a composite
value, where the phase is only added in if needed.
The FIT config is still selected (and verified) as normal, but the images
are selected based on the phase.
Tests for this come in a little later, as part of the updated VPL test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to be able to mark an image as related to a phase, so we can
easily load all the images for SPL or for U-Boot proper.
Add this to the FIT specification, along with some access functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox only supports jumping to a file, to get to the next
U-Boot phase. We want to support other methods, so update the code to
use an enum for the method. Also use the
Use board_boot_order() to set the order, so we can add more options.
Also add the MMC methods into the BOOT_DEVICE enum so that booting
from MMC can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add test coverage for blk_write() as well.
The blk_erase() is not tested for now as the USB stor interface does not
support erase.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have functions called blk_dread(), etc., which take a
struct blk_desc * to refer to the block device. Add some functions which
use udevice instead, since this is more in keeping with how driver model
is supposed to work.
Update one of the tests to use this.
Note that it would be nice to update the functions in disk-uclass.c to use
these new functions. However they are not quite the same. For example,
disk_blk_read() adds the partition offset to 'start' when calling the
cache read/fill functions, but does not with part_blk_read(), which does
the addition itself. So as designed the code is duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the uclass type as the first part of the function name, to be
consistent with the methods in other block drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we normally write tests either in Python or in C. But most
Python tests end up doing a lot of checks which would be better done in C.
Checks done in C are orders of magnitude faster and it is possible to get
full access to U-Boot's internal workings, rather than just relying on
the command line.
The model is to have a Python test set up some things and then use C code
(in a unit test) to check that they were done correctly. But we don't want
those checks to happen as part of normal test running, since each C unit
tests is dependent on the associate Python tests, so cannot run without
it.
To acheive this, add a new UT_TESTF_MANUAL flag to use with the C 'check'
tests, so that they can be skipped by default when the 'ut' command is
used. Require that tests have a name ending with '_norun', so that pytest
knows to skip them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is possible for a test to skip itself by returning -EAGAIN
but this is not recorded. An existing example is in test_pre_run() with
the "Console recording disabled" check.
Keep a track of skipped tests and report the total at the end.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present we use symbols for the u-boot-spl entry, but this is not always
what we want. For example, sandbox actually jumps to a u-boot-spl-elf
entry, since sandbox executables are ELF files.
We already handle this with U-Boot by using the '-any' suffix. Add it for
SPL as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is inconsistent with SPL which uses CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
and this makes it imposible to use CONFIG_VAL().
Rename it to resolve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BCM6753 is essentially same as the main chip BCM6855 but with different
SKU number. Now that BCM6855 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6855, remove the original ARCH_BCM6753 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm96753ref board folder. It is replaced by the
generic bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 6753.dtsi setting to the new 6855.dtsi file. Update
96753ref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm96763ref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96855.h file.
- Delete bcm96753ref_ram_defconfig and use a basic config version of
bcm96855_defconfig
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6855 is a Broadcom ARM A7 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6855 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL101 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM6858 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM6858, remove the original ARCH_BCM6858 support and migrate its
configuration and dts settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968580xref board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Update bcm968580xref board dts with the new compatible string.
- Delete broadcom_bcm968580xref.h and merge its setting to the new
bcm96858.h file.
- Remove bcm968580xref_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96858_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6858 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6858 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and the
original dts is updated with the one from linux next git repository.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM68360 is a variant within the BCM6856 chip family. Now that BCM6856
is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and CONFIG_BCM6856, remove the
original ARCH_BCM68360 support and migrate its configuration and dts
settings. This includes:
- Remove the bcm968360bg board folder. It is replaced by the generic
bcmbca board folder.
- Merge the 68360.dtsi setting to the new 6856.dtsi file. Update board
dts with the new compatible string.
- Merge broadcom_bcm968360bg.h setting to the new bcm96856.h file.
- Remove bcm968360bg_ram_defconfig as a basic config version of
bcm96856_defconfig is now added.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM6856 is a Broadcom B53 based PON Gateway SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other Broadband
SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM6856 chip config and
CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Now that BCM63158 is supported under CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA and
CONFIG_BCM63158, remove the original ARCH_BCM63158 support and migrate
configuration settings.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63158 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Gateway SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family. Like other
Broadband SoC, this patch adds it under CONFIG_BCM63158 chip
config and CONFIG_ARCH_BCMBCA platform config.
This initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with
CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart. This SoC is supported in the
linux-next git repository so the dts and dtsi files are copied from
linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM4908 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added
under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux git repository so the dts and dtsi
files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM6813 is a Broadcom B53 based PON and WLAN AP router SoC. It is part
of the BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's
added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM4912 is a Broadcom B53 based WLAN AP router SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts
and dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63146 is a Broadcom B53 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
BCM63138 is an ARM A9 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory, ARM A9 global timer
and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are stripped down version of linux copies with mininum blocks
needed by u-boot.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there to the console.
This patch applies on top of the my previous patch [1].
[1] https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2022-August/490570.html
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
BCM63148 is an Broadcom B15 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the
BCA (Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6756 is an ARM A7 based WLAN Gateway and Access Point Broadband SoC.
It is part of the BCA(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so
it's added under ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a
bare-bone implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM
PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6878 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011
uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM6846 is an ARM A7 based PON Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and Broadcom uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry point
address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
BCM63178 is an ARM A7 based DSL Broadband SoC. It is part of the BCA
(Broadband Carrier Access origin) chipset family so it's added under
ARCH_BCMBCA platform. This initial support includes a bare-bone
implementation and dts with CPU subsystem, memory and ARM PL011 uart.
This SoC is supported in the linux-next git repository so the dts and
dtsi files are copied from linux with minor fix-up that needs to be
upstreamed to linux as well.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
- simplefb rotation support
- support splash as raw image from MMC
- enhancements to Truetype console (multiple fonts and sizes)
- drop old LCD support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iGwEABECACwWIQSC4hxrSoIUVfFO0kRM6ATMmsalXAUCY17nfA4cYWd1c3RAZGVu
eC5kZQAKCRBM6ATMmsalXPPoAJ0UYyt3kwslUlAJhOC+KU9UlYnVuwCbBXIQyBua
K5clq+GyxXfaDl2Hnvc=
=XXVp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'video-20221030' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-video
- fix [hv]sync active vs back porch in dw_mipi_dsi
- simplefb rotation support
- support splash as raw image from MMC
- enhancements to Truetype console (multiple fonts and sizes)
- drop old LCD support
This option should not have the SYS_ in it. Drop it so it fits in with the
other video options.
Also simplify the alignment code in gunzip_bmp(), since malloc() always
returns a 32-bit-aligned pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not as simple as it seems. Add a function to provide it so that
the upcoming menu feature can space lines out correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new 'font' command which allows the fonts to be listed as well as
selecting a different font and size.
Allow the test to run on sandbox, where multiple font/size combinations
are supported, as well as sandbox_flattree, where they are not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to support multiple fonts. Add a function to
handle this as well as one to list the available fonts.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Generalise the video_clear() function to allow filling with a different
colour.
Tidy up the comments while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an exported function which allows the cursor position to be set to
pixel granularity. Make use of this in the existing code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present these are attached to vidconsole which means that the video
uclass requires that a console is enabled. This is not the intention.
The colours are a reasonable way of indexing common colours in any case,
so move them to the video uclass instead.
Rename vid_console_color() to video_index_to_colour() now that it is more
generic. Also fix the inconsistent spelling in these functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When probing a device fails NULL pointer is returned, and following
devices in uclass list cannot be iterated. Skip to next device on error
instead.
With that the only condition under which these simple iteration
functions return error is when the dm is not initialized at uclass_get
time. This is not all that interesting, change return type to void.
Fixes: 6494d708bf ("dm: Add base driver model support")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
device_probe returns early when the device is already activated.
Add a note to the documentation that it can be used on already activated
devices.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
pci_find_first_device description says it can be used for iteration with
itself but it should really be with pci_find_next_device
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Remove prototype for the removed function fdt_fixup_nor_flash_size.
This patch has no impact as the function is never used.
Fixes: 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The GPMC is a unified memory controller dedicated for interfacing
with external memory devices like
- Asynchronous SRAM-like memories and ASICs
- Asynchronous, synchronous, and page mode burst NOR flash
- NAND flash
- Pseudo-SRAM devices
This driver will take care of setting up the GPMC based on
the settings specified in the Device tree and then
probe its children.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
OMAP3 BeagleBoard NAND boot hangs when spl_load_legacy_img() tries
to read the header into 'struct hdr' which is allocated on the
stack.
As the header has already been read once before by spl_nand.c,
we can avoid the extra header allocation and read here by
simply passing around the pointer to the header.
This fixes NAND boot on OMAP3 BeagleBoard.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@kernel.org>
Reviewed-By: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
- nuvoton: add expire function for generic reset (Jim)
- handle watchdogs during keyed autoboot (Rasmus)
- cyclic: Don't disable cylic function upon exceeding CPU time (Stefan)
- ulp wdog: Updates to support iMX93 and DM (Alice)
Layerscape update
- support sysreset,
- de-select FSL_IFC when booting from SD
- disable unused parts of ICID tables
- reduce ns_dev size for csu
- enable dma snooping for ls104x
- nand driver fixups for ls1043ardb rev 7.0 boards.
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus again:
- loadaddr=0x48200000 allows for 128MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 128MB - allows for 128MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB - allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB - allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout").
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Note that this corrects a pre-maturely applied version 2 of the same
patch set.
Fixes: bbe0089d29 ("verdin-imx8mm: verdin-imx8mp: update env memory layout")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
i.Core MX8M Plus is an EDIMM SoM based on NXP i.MX8M Plus from Engicam.
i.Core MX8M Plus needs to mount on top of this Evaluation board for
creating complete i.Core MX8M Plus EDIMM2.2 Starter Kit.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Manoj Sai <abbaraju.manojsai@amarulasolutions.com>
With the migration of the watchdog infrastructure to cyclic functions
it's been noticed, that at least one watchdog driver is broken now. As
the execution time of it's watchdog reset function is quite long.
In general it's not really necessary (right now) to disable the cyclic
function upon exceeding CPU time usage. So instead of disabling the
cylic function in this case, let's just print a warning once to show
this potential problem to the user.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In order to test that U-Boot actually maintains the watchdog device(s)
during long-running busy-loops, such as those where we wait for the
user to stop autoboot, we need a watchdog device that actually does
something during those loops; we cannot test that behaviour via the DM
test framework.
So introduce a relatively simple watchdog device which is simply based
on calling the host OS' alarm() function; that has the nice property
that a new call to alarm() simply sets a new deadline, and alarm(0)
cancels any existing alarm. These properties are precisely what we
need to implement start/reset/stop. We install our own handler so that
we get a known message printed if and when the watchdog fires, and by
just invoking that handler directly, we get expire_now for free.
The actual calls to the various OS functions (alarm, signal, raise)
need to be done in os.c, and since the driver code cannot get access
to the values of SIGALRM or SIG_DFL (that would require including a
host header, and that's only os.c which can do that), we cannot simply
do trivial wrappers for signal() and raise(), but instead create
specialized functions just for use by this driver.
Apart from enabling this driver for sandbox{,64}_defconfig, also
enable the wdt command which was useful for hand-testing this new
driver (especially with running u-boot under strace).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This patch defines a quirk to disable the block count
for single block transactions.
This is similar to Linux kernel commit d3fc5d71ac4d
("mmc: sdhci: add a quirk for single block transactions").
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The nor->addr_width tracks number of address bytes used in
read/program/erase ops and eventually set to 4 for >16MB chips, regardless
of flash's internal address mode. For Infineon SEMPER flash's, we use
Read/Write Any Register commands for configuration and status check.
These commands take 3- or 4-byte address depending on flash's internal
address mode.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In some cases, the param variable is wrong, and in other cases we have
undocumented arguments.
Fix the docs.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At the moment the QEMU boot sequence tries various (storage) devices
when trying to find a payload to boot.
To simplify starting a specific kernel and initrd, there is also the qfw
command, which can use the files specified on the QEMU command line, via
the -kernel and -initrd options.
Add this command to the list of boot options to try. Since users
specifying those options on the command line probably explicitly want
to run them, let's place the new command first. Without those options,
the qfw command will just gracefully fail, and we continue with the
existing order.
This allows auto-booting of specific kernels in QEMU, for instance in CI
systems.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add the handling of NC-SI ethernet frames, and add a check at the start
of net_loop() to configure NC-SI before starting other network commands.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Mendoza-Jonas <sam@mendozajonas.com>
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Cédric Le Goater <clg@kaod.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
With sf update fixed to support unaligned start offset, use plain
sf update to update the bootloader in SPI NOR. This also helps
avoid the case where not enough SPI NOR has been erased and the
bootloader has been written to unerased area, and thus corrupted.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Apalis iMX6,
Colibri iMX6, Colibri iMX6ULL and Colibri iMX7:
- loadaddr=0x84200000 (resp. 0x14200000 on them i.MX 6) allows for 64MB
area for uncompressing (ie FIT images)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 64MB : allows for 64MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- pxefile_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
- ramdisk_addr_r = pxefile_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 1MB extlinux.conf
Memory layout analogous to 64-bit one from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but left pxefile_addr_r
updated according to doc/develop/distro.rst.
This fixes a potential issue caused by the compressed kernel being
relocated on top of the ramdisk causing its corruption.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
After commit 395110284b ("nitrogen6x: Populate FDTFILE at build-time
for all platforms") iMX.6Q Sabrelite fails to boot due to a bad fdtfile
string:
Retrieving file: /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb
** File not found /dtbs/5.18.0-0.deb11.4-armmp/"imx6q-sabrelite".dtb **
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE option is string typed, so __stringify() is
adding extra quotes. Remove this.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
... to avoid loosing characters when pasting text into the serial console.
This allows to remove the workaround to disable the vidconsole output
when no HDMI device is detected. This workaround only was there to speed-up
serial console processing.
Signed-off-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
- dts update and sync for rk356x, rk3288, rk3399 from Linux;
- Add rk3399 EAIDK-610 board support;
- Update for puma-rk3399 board;
- some fix and typo fix in different drivers;
The first production revision of the MX8M Mini Menlo board implements
a hardware change which swaps console UART and another UART connector.
Implement the swap, which maps the console UART back to the way Verdin
console is mapped.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Move the environment from the board header to a separate text file
and also drop those variables that are already set in env_default.h
from the Kconfig options or are not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
This contains various fixes (some long overdue) for the next release.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=H1Iz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'clk-2023.01' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-clk
Clock patches for 2023.01
This contains various fixes (some long overdue) for the next release.
Beside some rather unexciting sync of the DTs from the kernel tree, and
some Kconfig cleanup, there are some improvements for the ARMv5 Allwinner
family, to support boards with the F1C200s (64MB DRAM) better. We will
get actual board support as soon as the DTs have passed the Linux review
process.
There is also support for the X96 Mate TV Box, featuring the H616 SoC and
a full 4GB of DRAM.
Also we found the secret to enable SPI booting on the H616 (pin PC5 must
be pulled to GND), so the SPI boot support patch is now good to go.
Passed the gitlab CI, plus briefly tested on Pine64-LTS, LicheePi Nano,
X96 Mate and OrangePi Zero.
All functions getting and setting clock rate use ulong for rate, only
clk_get_parent_rate is an exception. Change the return value to match
other clock rate funcrions.
Most users directly assign the rate to unsigned long anyway, and the few
users that use u64 (not s64) multiply the rate so they may need the
extra bits for the result in their use case.
Fixes: 4aa78300a0 ("dm: clk: Define clk_get_parent_rate() for clk operations")
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220928103757.11870-1-msuchanek@suse.de
The default load addresses for the various payloads (kernel, DT,
ramdisk) on systems with just 32MB of DRAM have some issues:
For a start the preceding comment doesn't match the actual values:
apparently they were copied from the 64MB S3 layout, then halved, but
since 0x5 is NOT the half of 0x10, they don't match up.
Also those projected maximum sizes are quite restrictive: it's not easy
to build a compressed kernel image with just 4MB. The only defconfig in
mainline Linux that supports the F1C100s (the only 32MB user so far)
creates a 6MB compressed / 15MB uncompressed kernel.
Rearrange the default load addresses to accommodate such a kernel: we
allow an 7MB/16MB kernel, and up to 5MB of ramdisk, stuffing the smaller
binaries like the DTB towards the end, just before the relocated U-Boot.
Shrink the size for DTB and scripts on the way, there is no need for
allowing up to 512K for them.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Traditionally we assumed that every Allwinner board would come with at
least 256 MB of DRAM, and set our DRAM layout accordingly. This affected
both the default load addresses, but also U-Boot's own address
expectations (like being loaded at 160 MB).
Some SoCs come with co-packaged DRAM, but only provide 32 or 64MB. So
far we special-cased those *chips*, as there was only one chip per DRAM
size. However new chips force us to take a more general approach.
Introduce a Kconfig symbol, which provides the minimum DRAM size of the
board. If nothing else is specified, we use 256 MB, and default to
smaller values for those co-packaged SoCs.
Then select the different DRAM maps according to this new symbol, so
that different SoCs with the same DRAM size can share those definitions.
Inspired by an idea from Icenowy.
This is just refactoring: compiled for all boards before and after this
patch: the binaries were identical.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
DMA operations should function on DMA addresses, not virtual addresses.
Although these are usually the same in U-Boot, it is more correct
to be explicit with our types here.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Davis <afd@ti.com>
Update the devicetree files from the Linux kernel, version v6.0-rc4.
This is covering the 64-bit SoCs, from arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner.
This avoids the not backwards-compatible r_intc binding change, to allow
older kernels to boot, but the other nodes are updated.
Not much change here, the vast majority is actually cosmetic: node names
and using symbolic names for the the RTC clocks.
Some A64 boards gain some audio nodes.
The H616 DTs are now switched to the version finally merged into the
kernel, which brings some changes, but none affecting U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Update this function's comment and also the livetree documentation, so it
is clear when to use the function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The _err variant iterators use the simple iterators without suffix as
basis.
However, there is no user that uclass_next_device_err for iteration,
many users of uclass_first_device_err use it to get the first and
(assumed) only device of an uclass, and a couple that use
uclass_next_device_err to get the device following a known device in the
uclass list.
While there are some truly singleton device classes in which more than
one device cannot exist these are quite rare, and most classes can have
multiple devices even if it is not the case on the SoC's EVB.
In a later patch the simple iterators will be updated to not stop on
error and return next device instead. With this in many cases the code
that expects the first device or an error if it fails to probe may get
the next device instead. Use the _check iterators as the basis of _err
iterators to preserve the old behavior.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The return value is not used for anythig, and in a later patch the
behavior of the _err iterator will change in an incompatible way.
Signed-off-by: Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update pvblock_probe() to avoid using internal var:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
None of the values in this struct are larger than 256, so we can reduce
the members to u8s. This saves around 1K.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Loadfile2 code is installing two protocols on it's own handle
and uses efi_delete_handle() to clean it up on failure(s). However
commit 05c4c9e21a ("efi_loader: define internal implementations of
install/uninstallmultiple") prepares the ground for us to clean up
efi_delete_handle() used in favor of Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
While at it clean up the non needed void casts to (void *) on the
protolcol installation.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This function is already defined in spi.h but no implementation of it
currently exists in the tree. The implementation is based on the static
function spi_set_speed_mode(). The function prototype is modified so
that an success or error condition can be returned to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Fix typo that was caused by the same feature being split in to 2 different
configuration options. Replace CONFIG_USBNET_DEVADDR with
CONFIG_USBNET_DEV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Ignacio Zamora <nachopitt@gmail.com>
Putting these definitions in a header will allow signatures to be
validated independently of bootm.
Signed-off-by: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In drivers usb/host/{ehci,ohci}-generic.c, {ehci,ohci}_setup_phy() and
{ehci,ohci}_shutdown_phy() shares 95% of common code.
Factorize this code in new generic_{setup,shudown}_phy() functions.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow avoiding using EFI_CALL() when closing a protocol by providing an
internal function.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This function is only used inside efi_boottime.c and is not safe to use
outside of this context.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
- mtd: Update the function name to 'rfree'
- Support NAND ONFI EDO mode for imx8mn architecture
- dm: clk: add missing stub when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=VPkV
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-nand-20221009' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-nand-flash
- mtd: Update the function name to 'rfree'
- Support NAND ONFI EDO mode for imx8mn architecture
- dm: clk: add missing stub when CONFIG_CLK is deactivated
Since commit 8d38a8459b ("mtd: Rename free() to rfree()")
the function has been renamed to rfree(), so update the description
inside the mtd_oob_region structure as well.
Fixes: 8d38a8459b ("mtd: Rename free() to rfree()")
Reported-by: Mikhail Kshevetskiy <mikhail.kshevetskiy@iopsys.eu>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add support for imx8mn architecture in order to run the NAND
in fast edo mode.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Add missing stub for functions [devm_]clk_...() when CONFIG_CLK is
deactivated.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
In order to move ppc-specific code out of setup_dest_addr(), provide an
arch-specific variant arch_setup_dest_addr(), that can be used by
architecture code to fix up the initial reloc address.
It is called at the end of setup_dest_addr() initcall and the default
implementation is a nop stub.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
A following patch is cleaning up the core EFI code trying to remove
sequences of efi_create_handle, efi_add_protocol.
Although this works fine there's a problem with the latter since it is
usually combined with efi_delete_handle() which blindly removes all
protocols on a handle and deletes the handle. We should try to adhere to
the EFI spec which only deletes a handle if the last instance of a protocol
has been removed. Another problem is that efi_delete_handle() never checks
for opened protocols, but the EFI spec defines that the caller is
responsible for ensuring that there are no references to a protocol
interface that is going to be removed.
So let's fix this by replacing all callsites of
efi_create_handle(), efi_add_protocol() , efi_delete_handle() with
Install/UninstallMultipleProtocol.
In order to do that redefine functions that can be used by the U-Boot
proper internally and add '_ext' variants that will be used from the
EFI API
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move the registration of events for the addition and removal of block
devices to the block device driver. Here we can add a reference to the
EFI Driver Binding protocol as context.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For handling added and removed block devices we need to register events
which has to be done when the driver is installed.
This patch only creates an empty init function that will be filled with
code later on. The function needs to be called before any EFI block devices
are used. Move the efi_driver_init() call to early init.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
DisconnectController() is based on the open protocol information created
when the driver opens a protocol with BY_CHILD_CONTROLLER or BY_DRIVER.
To create an open protocol information it is required to supply the handle
of the driver as agent handle. This information is available as field
DriverBindingHandle in the driver binding protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
* Convert code comments in include/efi_driver.h to Sphinx style.
* Add include/efi_driver.h to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If creating the block device fails,
* delete all created objects and references
* close the protocol interface on the controller
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When deleting a device or a handle we must remove the link between the two
to avoid dangling references.
Provide function efi_unlink_dev() for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
These boards are out of maintenance and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For future DM based FPGA drivers and for now to have a meaningful
logging class for old FPGA drivers.
Suggested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <post@lespocky.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220930120430.42307-2-post@lespocky.de
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
At present ofnode_write_prop() is inconsistent between livetree and
flattree, in that livetree requires the caller to ensure the property
value is stable (e.g. in rodata or allocated) but flattree does not, since
it makes a copy.
This makes the API call a bit painful to use, since the caller must do
different things depending on OF_LIVE.
Add a new 'copy' argument which tells the function to make a copy if
needed. Add some tests to cover this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some ofnode functions can only operate on the default device tree, i.e.
U-Boot's control FDT. Add comments to that effect. Fix up the reference to
device tree bindings while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to be able to look up phandles in any FDT, not just the control
FDT. Use the 'other' FDT to test this, with a helper function which gets
this as an oftree that can then we used as needed.
Add a few more tests and some comments at the top of the file, to explain
what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the logic to redirect requests for the device tree through a function
which can look up the tree ID. This works by using the top bits of
ofnode.of_offset to encode a tree.
It is assumed that there will only be a few device trees used at runtime,
typically the control FDT (always tree ID 0) and possibly a separate FDT
to be passed the OS.
The maximum number of device trees supported at runtime is 8, with this
implementation. That would use bits 30:28 of the node-offset value,
meaning that the positive offset range is limited to bits 27:0, versus
30:1 with this feature disabled. That still allows a device tree of up
to 256MB, which should be enough for most FITs. Larger ones can be
supported by using external data with the FIT, or by enabling OF_LIVE.
Update the documentation a little and fix up the comment for
ofnode_valid().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present, unless OF_LIVE is enabled, ofnode only supports access to one
device tree, the control FDT. This is because only the node offset is
encoded in ofnode, with the tree being implicit.
This makes ofnode (without OF_LIVE) unsuitable for device tree fixups, as
implemented by ft_board_setup() and other such functions.
To solve this, we can use the top bits of the node offset to hold a tree
ID.
Add the definitions for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function turns out to be a little confusing since it looks up a path
and also registers the tree. Split it into two, one that gets the root
node and one that looks up a path, so the purpose is clear.
Registering the tree will happen in a function to be added in a later
patch, called oftree_from_fdt().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases we want to obtain an ofnode in the same tree as a different
ofnode, such as when looking up a subnode. At present this is trivial,
since there is only one tree. When there are multiple trees, this
implementation will change.
Also move the ofnode_to_offset() function up higher in the header file,
since we will need to provide a different implementation with multiple
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we have multiple trees, the ofnode logic needs to be told which one
to use. Create a new function which takes an oftree argument, along with
a helper to obtain the FDT pointer from an oftree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present dm_test_ofnode_root() does this manually. Add some inline
functions to handle it, so this code can be centralised.
Add oftree functions to produce a null tree and to check whether a tree
is valid or not.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The flat device tree is assumed to be the control FDT but this is not
always the case. Update the ofnode implementation to obtain the node via
an function call so we can eventually add support for selecting different
trees.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is only one device tree used by the ofnode functions,
except for some esoteric use of live tree. In preparation for supporting
more than one, add a way to reset the list of device trees.
For now this does nothing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current tests do not cover all the behaviour. Add some more.
Tidy up a few inconsistencies between livetree and flattree which come to
light with these tests. Also drop the -ENODATA error since it is never
actually returned.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation creates a 'name' value for every node. This
is not needed for the latest device tree format, which includes a name in
the node header.
Adjust the code to point the name at the node header instead.
Also simplify ofnode_get_name(), now that we can rely on it to set the
name correctly. Update the comment to make it clear what name the root
node has.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current name is quite unwieldy. Change it to use an ofprop_ prefix
and shorten it. Fix the return-value comment while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the function to mark it with the const attribute. Also avoid
calling it multiple times in the devfdt_get_addr_index() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test flag which indicates that the 'other' FDT should be set up
ready for use. Handle this by copying in the FDT, unflattening it for
livetree tests. Free the structures when the tests have run.
We cannot use the other FDT unless we are using live tree or
OFNODE_MULTI_TREE is enabled, since only one tree is supported by the
ofnode interface in that case. Add this condition into
ut_run_test_live_flat() and update the comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way to copy over the 'other' FDT when running tests. This loads
it and allocates memory for the copy, if not done already, then does the
copy.
Avoid using U-Boot's malloc() pool for these copies, at least for now,
since they are part of the test system.
Tidy up the cpu.c header files while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was a workaround for a rare situation. Now that it will be more
common and we have a proper fix, drop the flag. We can run both types of
tests in the same sandbox executable, even if the flat device tree is
modified.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the device tree changes during a test and we cannot restore it, mark
it as such so that future tests which need the live tree are skipped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the flat device tree changes it can mess up the live tree since that
uses the flat tree for its strings. This affects only a few sandbox tests
which modify the device tree, but the number will grow as ofnode support
for writing improves.
While the control FDT is not intended to change while U-Boot is running,
some tests do so. For example, the ofnode interface only supports
modifying properties in the control FDT, so tests must use that.
To solve this problem, keep a copy of the FDT and restore it as needed
when the test is finished. The copy only happens on sandbox (except SPL
builds), to reduce memory usage and because these tests are not useful on
other boards. For other boards, a checksum is taken to ensure that nothing
changes.
It would be possible to always checksum the FDT on sandbox and only
restore it if needed, but this is slightly slower than restoring it every
time, at least with crc8.
Move the code which checks for success to the very end, for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we support writing to ofnodes, the const is not accurate. Drop
it to avoid undesirable casting.
Also drop the ofnode_to_npw() which is now the same as ofnode_to_np().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add this feature to the ofnode interface, supporting both livetree and
flattree. If the node exists it is returned, along with a -EEXIST error.
Update the functions it calls to handle this too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is helpful to test that out-of-memory checks work correctly in code
that calls malloc().
Add a simple way to force failure after a given number of malloc() calls.
Fix a header guard to avoid a build error on sandbox_vpl.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
At present the live tree tests are not run on sandbox. This bug is in two
parts, with a duplicate flag value and incorrect logic in the test runner.
This was not noticed because the bug was fixed in a later commit and does
not cause test failures.
Fix this.
Fixes: 7b1dfc9fd7 ("dm: core: Prepare for updating the device tree with ofnode")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function currently assumes that the control FDT is used. Update it
to allow a root node to be passed, so it can work with any tree.
Also add a comment to ofnode_get_by_phandle() so that its purpose is
clear.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present only one spy is allowed per event. Update the naming to allow
more than one, since some need this flexibility, e.g. the EVT_FT_FIXUP
event.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not needed and we should avoid typedefs. Use the struct instead
and rename it to indicate that it really is a legacy struct.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- SPL fixes for STM32F7 MCUs
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc4 for MCU's board
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc3 for MPU's board
- Update DDR node for STM32MP15
- Cleanup config file for STM32MP1
- Update for cmd_stm32key command
- Fix compatible string to add partitions for STM32MP1
- Update for stm32programmer tool
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQJQBAABCgA6FiEEXyrViUccKBz9c35Jysd4L3sz/6YFAmMy5KMcHHBhdHJpY2Uu
Y2hvdGFyZEBmb3NzLnN0LmNvbQAKCRDKx3gvezP/phGoEACO/DdR5qrZcWYZhK8t
4ZhCYW3+anI7hx/aOx2k36JIw8V7kTCivBszTXtvEFLoPARKSt2RCGKRrSciyPw8
e5HaX85fvOum1+p555LzGBerleezz3dMIE6PgjuWHQgznVh5jaJPvu5SacOoU2yt
RCQbrBUqMxZ9HPFWOWsmqBo5rIskgn0fhkSDaqj+v0yqnj/HLZk5NtAy4q3KYxA1
yL4rHB5+SM7ENh1KsPJm+8M5FTjBmVBZKp17mcu/3z3RwNNCjEVG0aXw8Im7pzb8
b0pwnOqxRMBsBNOqnZ6kmNdKeOBZVfh35dBXplUxfMG6VYWwrNUTAgLnwPIFbFWX
qaMiyRdAK5KArOCWFzbJN8oqCrM7hrTnlpmK9ilILJ81VuN/JDvFmLle31DrOxm6
XzVh8GOp+cjEmJckcm8ChAUGB/Q1ToTZd6TMXN69IzcmE0t0rW/j+muILVeq+rT5
JmWz+5av9W1nKRVP9WzfjOVASNdNgNRQMYAn8jJwUU/oiEw6QIZUP4m5rngSNMzQ
f3Jzl+zO7QfFtT4NHir1HNguJRnZxuzxBc3Ok639UwzMJQwHuy6LPJnAlKLUoYuE
LYkplLn7UA8aSbiWJq04fws0xrTYMvK1VWZp5CFgsnsc2usLy4Sks9JIwyqmAxme
dF0ut2NYT3o8Ctn9ppezA+sx2w==
=iA80
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220927' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm into next
- Increase SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN for STM32 MCU's board
- SPL fixes for STM32F7 MCUs
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc4 for MCU's board
- Device tree alignement with kernelv6.0-rc3 for MPU's board
- Update DDR node for STM32MP15
- Cleanup config file for STM32MP1
- Update for cmd_stm32key command
- Fix compatible string to add partitions for STM32MP1
- Update for stm32programmer tool
xilinx:
- Add support for new Versal NET SOC
zynqmp:
- Use mdio bus for ethernet phy description
- Wire ethernet phy reset via i2c-gpio
versal:
- Config cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYzGwogAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
Ial4AJ9+4WHn0MV2X7gK1fyh4lUW7ggPhQCggsYlSoACgMgdji17SAPhCv/W3IA=
=BmA9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2023.01-rc1-v2' of https://gitlab.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze into next
Xilinx changes for v2023.01-rc1 (round 2)
xilinx:
- Add support for new Versal NET SOC
zynqmp:
- Use mdio bus for ethernet phy description
- Wire ethernet phy reset via i2c-gpio
versal:
- Config cleanup
By pressing "c" key during SPL execution, we force U-boot execution
instead of a kernel XIP image.
This fixes a hard fault when booting stm32f746-disco in SPL with "c"
key pressed during SPL execution.
U-Boot SPL 2022.10-rc5-00009-g40d02baa91 (Sep 20 2022 - 17:21:21 +0200)
Trying to boot from XIP
Hard fault
pc : 080083fc lr : 08000d1b xPSR : 21000000
r12 : 2004f108 r3 : 080083fd r2 : 00000028
r1 : 2004f0c8 r0 : 2004f0e4
Resetting CPU ...
This is due to SYS_UBOOT_START flag set to 0x080083FD which is not correct.
If unset, SYS_UBOOT_START is set by default to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE
which match with our requirement.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Versal NET platform is based on Versal chip which is reusing a lot of IPs.
For more information about new IPs please take a look at DT which describe
currently supported devices.
The patch is adding architecture and board support with soc detection
algorithm. Generic setting should be very similar to Versal but it will
likely diverge in longer run.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/320206853dc370ce290a4e7b6d0bb26b05206021.1663589964.git.michal.simek@amd.com
In preparation for sharing the emulation code between two drivers, move
some of the fields into a new struct. Use a separate header file so it
can be used by various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Like in all other console functions, implement also serial_flush() function
as a fallback int console flush() function.
Flush support is available only when config option CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT is
enabled. So when it is disabled then provides just empty static inline
function serial_flush().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On certain places it is required to flush output print buffers to ensure
that text strings were sent to console or serial devices. For example when
printing message that U-Boot is going to boot kernel or when U-Boot is
going to change baudrate of terminal device.
Therefore introduce a new flush() and fflush() functions into console code.
These functions will call .flush callback of associated stdio_dev device.
As this function may increase U-Boot side, allow to compile U-Boot without
this function. For this purpose there is a new config CONSOLE_FLUSH_SUPPORT
which is enabled by default and can be disabled. It is a good idea to have
this option enabled for all boards which have enough space for it.
When option is disabled when U-Boot defines just empty static inline
function fflush() to avoid ifdefs in other code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
changed type of ram_top member from ulong to phys_addr_t but did not
changed types in board_get_usable_ram_top() function which returns value
for ram_top.
So change ulong to phys_addr_t type also in board_get_usable_ram_top()
signature and implementations.
Fixes: 37dc958947 ("global_data.h: Change ram_top type to phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds clock driver support for MediaTek MT7981 SoC
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds clock driver support for MediaTek MT7986 SoC
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds a pinctrl header for common pinconf parameters such as
pull-up/pull-down resistors and drive strengths.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds general board files based on MT7981 SoCs.
MT7981 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC, and the
pins of mmc controller are also shared with spi controller.
So three configs are need for these boot types:
1. mt7981_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND
2. mt7981_emmc_rfb_defconfig - eMMC only
3. mt7981_sd_rfb_defconfig - SD only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Add general board files based on MT7986 SoCs.
MT7986 uses one mmc controller for booting from both SD and eMMC.
Both MT7986A and MT7986B use the same pins for spi controller.
Configs for various boot types:
1. mt7986_rfb_defconfig - SPI-NOR and SPI-NAND for MT7986A/B
2. mt7986a_bpir3_emmc_defconfig - eMMC for MT7986A only
3. mt7986a_bpir3_sd_defconfig - SD for MT7986A only
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
Remove the unnecessary comment after the CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
migration to Kconfig.
Fixes: c45568cc4e ("Convert CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This driver is not used by any system and is long unmaintained, drop it.
There is a DWC2 OTG driver which is maintained, see CONFIG_USB_GADGET_DWC2_OTG .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Update the distro config env memory layout for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and
Verdin iMX8M Plus:
- loadaddr=0x48280000 allows for 128.5MB area for uncompressing (ie FIT
images, kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size)
- fdt_addr_r = loadaddr + 127.5MB : allows for 127.5MB kernel
- scriptaddr = fdt_addr_r + 512KB : allows for 512KB fdt
- ramdisk_addr_r = scriptaddr + 512KB : allows for 512KB script
Memory layout taken from commit fd5c7173ad
("imx8m{m,n}_venice: update env memory layout") but moved loadaddr by an
additional 0.5MB to avoid "Moving Image from 0x48200000 to 0x48280000"
during booti plus actually defining kernel_comp_size to make booti work.
Note that for our regular BSP Layers and Reference Images for Yocto
Project an updated distro boot script is required (see
meta-toradex-bsp-common/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot-distro-boot).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Erase the entire U-Boot area during U-Boot update instead of just
a subset of it. This way, in case u-boot-with-spl.imx grows, the
sf write won't write over non-erased part of the SPI NOR.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
The i.MXRT11 series has different offsets for IOCR_MUX, it also can
address 64MiB of SDRAM so add a macro for that.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Remove some now unused macros and #ifdef's.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Now that we've globally replaced all WATCHDOG_RESET occurances, let's
remove the ugly macro itself in the header.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Only one occurance of WATCHDOG_RESET is left in one assembler file.
This patch changes this occurance to a direct call to watchdog_reset
and then removes all the ASSEMBLY ifdef'ery in watchdog.h, as it's not
needed any more to clean this mess a bit up.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
Globally replace all occurances of WATCHDOG_RESET() with schedule(),
which handles the HW_WATCHDOG functionality and the cyclic
infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
This patch introduces a schedule() function, which shall be used instead
of the old WATCHDOG_RESET. Follow-up patches will make sure, that this
new function is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> [am335x_evm, mx6cuboxi, rpi_3,dra7xx_evm, pine64_plus, am65x_evm, j721e_evm]
We currently have an if_type (interface type) and a uclass id. These are
closely related and we don't need to have both.
Drop the if_type values and use the uclass ones instead.
Maintain the existing, subtle, one-way conversion between UCLASS_USB and
UCLASS_MASS_STORAGE for now, and add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This doesn't seem to be used for anything and it isn't clear what it is.
It dates from the first U-Boot commit.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This option is fact really related to SPL. For U-Boot proper we always use
driver model for block devices, so CONFIG_BLK is enabled if block devices
are in use.
It is only for SPL that we have two cases:
- SPL_BLK is enabled, in which case we use driver model and blk-uclass.c
- SPL_BLK is not enabled, in which case (if we need block devices) we must
use blk_legacy.c
Rename the symbol to SPL_LEGACY_BLOCK to make this clear. This is
different enough from BLK and SPL_BLK that there should be no confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we use HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to indicate when block devices are
available.
This is a very strange option, since it partially duplicates the BLK
option used by driver model. It also covers both U-Boot proper and SPL,
even though one might have block devices and another not.
As a first step towards correcting this, create a new inline function
called blk_enabled() which indicates if block devices are available.
This cannot be used in Makefiles, or #if clauses, but can be used in C
code.
A function is useful because we cannot use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BLK) to
decide if block devices are needed, since we must consider the legacy
block interface, enabled by HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE
Update a few places where it can be used and drop some unnecessary #if
checks around some functions in disk/part.c - rely on the compiler's
dead-code elimination instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* Drop legacy /boot/PPTImage.md5 check
* Update device tree naming
* Update t30args#0 root cmd line property to support latest kernel
versions (root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 for linux < 4 and
root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 for linux >= 4)
* Add custom bootloader version string
* Destroy invalid dtb at ${dtbaddr} and configuration script at
${cfgaddr} to ensure proper boot in warm restart case.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
Commit 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
destroys the boot targets b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1. The reason behind
this is, that b_t30lgcy#0 and b_t30lgcy#1 both load the for booting
needed device trees from mmc and the cfgscr script patches those. Because
of this, cfgscr is not allowed to destroy the previously loaded device
tree otherwise cfgscr will fail.
This patch moves the device trees invalidation on warm restart to the
PREBOOT cmd to fix that issue.
Fixes: 0ea4fc4dcf ("board/BuR: invalidate ${dtbaddr} before cfgscr")
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
The SPI and NAND board variants never went into production.
Drop those board variants.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Messerklinger <bernhard.messerklinger@br-automation.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Wallner <wolfgang.wallner@br-automation.com>
This allows to test if a pin's label if displayed using gpio_get_status()
when this pin is configured in alternate function.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This change defines resources for OP-TEE service drivers to register
themselves for being bound to when OP-TEE firmware reports the related
service is supported. OP-TEE services are discovered during optee
driver probe sequence which mandates optee driver is always probe once
bound.
Discovery of optee services and binding to related U-Boot drivers is
embedded upon configuration switch CONFIG_OPTEE_SERVICE_DISCOVERY.
Cc: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add functions to read 8/16-bit integers like the existing functions for
32/64-bit to simplify read of 8/16-bit integers from device tree
properties.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UEFI:
Implement a command eficonfig to maintain Load Options and boot order via
menus.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=P89S
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-next-2022-09-14' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi into next
Pull request for efi next
UEFI:
Implement a command eficonfig to maintain Load Options and boot order via
menus.
Remove all but a few that are difficult, relying on legacy CONFIG options
or optional global_data fields.
Drop the duplicate function name in the comment for boot_get_cmdline().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UEFI specification requires booting from removal media using
a architecture-specific default image name such as BOOTAA64.EFI.
This commit adds the removable media entries into bootmenu,
so that user can select the removable media and boot with
default image.
The bootmenu automatically enumerates the possible bootable
media devices supporting EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL,
add it as new UEFI boot option(BOOT####) and update BootOrder
variable. This automatically generated UEFI boot option
has the dedicated guid in the optional_data to distinguish it from
the UEFI boot option user adds manually. This optional_data is
removed when the efi bootmgr loads the selected UEFI boot option.
This commit also provides the BOOT#### variable maintenance feature.
Depending on the system hardware setup, some devices
may not exist at a later system boot, so bootmenu checks the
available device in each bootmenu invocation and automatically
removes the BOOT#### variable corrensponding to the non-existent
media device.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This is preparation to support menu-driven UEFI BootOrder
variable updated by KEY_PLUS, KEY_MINUS and KEY_SPACE.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit adds the menu entry to edit the existing
BOOT#### variable contents.
User selects the item from the boot option list, then
user can edit the description, file path and optional_data.
Note that automatically generated boot option entry by bootmenu
to support the removable media device is filtered out and user
can not edit the automatically generated entry.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit add the "eficonfig" command.
The "eficonfig" command implements the menu-driven UEFI boot option
maintenance feature. This commit implements the addition of
new boot option. User can select the block device volume having
efi_simple_file_system_protocol and select the file corresponding
to the Boot#### variable. User can also enter the description and
optional_data of the BOOT#### variable in utf8.
This commit adds "include/efi_config.h", it contains the common
definition to be used from other menus such as UEFI Secure Boot
key management.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This patch integrates the main function responsible for calling all
registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the common WATCHDOG_RESET
macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is executed very often, which
is necessary for the cyclic functions to get scheduled and executed at
their configured periods.
If CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not enabled, only cyclic_run() without calling
watchdog_reset(). This guarantees that the cyclic functionality does not
rely on CONFIG_WATCHDOG being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the basic infrastructure to periodically execute code, e.g. all
100ms. Examples for such functions might be LED blinking etc. The
functions that are hooked into this cyclic list should be small timewise
as otherwise the execution of the other code that relies on a high
frequent polling (e.g. UART rx char ready check) might be delayed too
much. This patch also adds the Kconfig option
CONFIG_CYCLIC_MAX_CPU_TIME_US, which configures the max allowed time
for such a cyclic function. If it's execution time exceeds this time,
this cyclic function will get removed from the cyclic list.
How is this cyclic functionality executed?
The following patch integrates the main function responsible for
calling all registered cyclic functions cyclic_run() into the
common WATCHDOG_RESET macro. This guarantees that cyclic_run() is
executed very often, which is necessary for the cyclic functions to
get scheduled and executed at their configured periods.
This cyclic infrastructure will be used by a board specific function on
the NIC23 MIPS Octeon board, which needs to check periodically, if a
PCIe FLR has occurred.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When using us times it makes sense to use 64bit variables for storage.
The currently implemented time_after() and friends functions only handle
32bit variables. This patch now includes the 64bit variants as well
from Linux. This will be used by the upcoming generic cyclic function
infrastructure.
These macros were copied from include/linux/jiffies.h of Linux 5.18.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds support for the dirmap API to the spi-nor subsystem, as
introduced in Linux commit df5c21002cf4 ("mtd: spi-nor: use
spi-mem dirmap API").
This patch is synchronize from the following patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210205043924.149504-4-seanga2@gmail.com/
The corresponding Linux kernel SHA1 is df5c21002cf4.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
This adds the dirmap API originally introduced in
Linux commit aa167f3fed0c
("spi: spi-mem: Add a new API to support direct mapping").
This also includes several follow-up patches and fixes.
Changes from Linux include:
* Added Kconfig option
* Changed struct device to struct udevice
* Changed struct spi_mem to struct spi_slave
This patch is obtained from the following patch
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210205043924.149504-3-seanga2@gmail.com/
The corresponding Linux kernel SHA1 is aa167f3fed0c.
Signed-off-by: Chin-Ting Kuo <chin-ting_kuo@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Add bdinfo_print_size() helper to display size variables (such as cache
sizes) in bdinfo format. The size is printed as "xxx Bytes", "xxx KiB",
"xxx MiB", "xxx GiB", etc as needed;
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Liu <jason.hui.liu@nxp.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220829170205.1274484-3-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
These macros are not used anymore in microblaze code since commit
f113d7d303 ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_STACK to Kconfig"), so remove them.
Fixes: f113d7d303 ("Convert CONFIG_SPL_STACK to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220829170205.1274484-1-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
$fdt_addr is mandatory for systems which provides DTB in HW (e.g. ROM) and
wishes to pass that DTB to Linux.
Turris Mox contains DTB binary in SPI NOR memory at "dtb" partition which
starts at offset 0x7f0000 and is 0x10000 bytes long.
Armada 3700 CPU does not allow mapping SPI NOR memory into physical address
space like on other architectures and therefore set $fdt_addr variable to
memory range in RAM and loads this DTB binary from SPI NOR in misc_init_r()
function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
A recurring theme on LKML is the boot process deadlocking due to some
process blocking waiting for random numbers, while the kernel's
Cryptographic Random Number Generator (crng) is not initalized yet,
but that very blocking means no activity happens that would generate
the entropy necessary to finalize seeding the crng.
This is not a problem on boards that have a good hwrng (when the
kernel is configured to trust it), whether in the CPU or in a TPM or
elsewhere. However, that's far from all boards out there. Moreover,
there are consumers in the kernel that try to obtain random numbers
very early, before the kernel has had any chance to initialize any
hwrng or other peripherals.
Allow a board to provide a board_rng_seed() function, which is
responsible for providing a value to be put into the rng-seed property
under the /chosen node.
The board code is responsible for how to actually obtain those
bytes.
- One possibility is for the board to load a seed "file" from
somewhere (it need not be a file in a filesystem of course), and
then ensure that that the same seed file does not get used on
subsequent boots.
* One way to do that is to delete the file, or otherwise mark it as
invalid, then rely on userspace to create a new one, and living
with the possibility of not finding a seed file during some boots.
* Another is to use the scheme used by systemd-boot and create a new
seed file immediately, but in a way that the seed passed to the
kernel and the new (i.e. next) seed cannot be deduced from each
other, see the explanation at
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20190929090512.GB13049@gardel-login/
and the current code at
https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/main/src/boot/efi/random-seed.c
- The board may have an hwrng from which some bytes can be read; while
the kernel can also do that, doing it in U-Boot and providing a seed
ensures that even very early users in the kernel get good random
numbers.
- If the board has a sensor of some sort (temperature, humidity, GPS,
RTC, whatever), mixing in a reading of that doesn't hurt.
- etc. etc.
These can of course be combined.
The rng-seed property is mixed into the pool used by the linux
kernel's CRNG very early during boot. Whether it then actually
contributes towards the kernel considering the CRNG initialized
depends on whether the kernel has been configured with
CONFIG_RANDOM_TRUST_BOOTLOADER (nowadays overridable via the
random.trust_bootloader command line option). But that's for the BSP
developer to ultimately decide.
So, if the board needs to have all that logic, why not also just have
it do the actual population of /chosen/rng-seed in ft_board_setup(),
which is not that many extra lines of code?
I considered that, but decided handling this logically belongs in
fdt_chosen(). Also, apart from saving the board code from the few
lines of boilerplate, doing it in ft_board_setup() is too late for at
least some use cases. For example, I want to allow the board logic to
decide
ok, let's pass back this buffer and use that as seed, but also let's
set random.trust_bootloader=n so no entropy is credited.
This requires the rng-seed handling to happen before bootargs
handling. For example, during the very first boot, the board might not
have a proper seed file, but the board could still return (a hash of)
some CPU serial# or whatnot, so that at least no two boards ever get
the same seed - the kernel always mixes in the value passed in
rng-seed, but if it is not "trusted", the kernel would still go
through the same motions as it would if no rng-seed was passed before
considering its CRNG initialized. I.e., by returning that
unique-to-this-board value and setting random.trust_bootloader=n, the
board would be no worse off than if board_rng_seed() returned nothing
at all.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
We can use efi_st_get_config_table() in multiple unit tests.
Export the function.
Export system-table and boot-services.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- remove test on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR in stm32mp1 board
and enable CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR for stm32f769-disco
- handle ck_usbo_48m clock provided by USBPHYC to fix the command 'usb start'
after alignment with Linux kernel v5.19 DT (clocks = <&usbphyc>)
- Fix SYS_HZ_CLOCK value for stih410-b2260 board
- Switch STMM32MP15x DHSOM to FMC2 EBI driver
- Remove hwlocks from pinctrl in STM32MP15x to avoid issue with kernel
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEE56Yx6b9SnloYCWtD4rK92eCqk3UFAmMZoW4ACgkQ4rK92eCq
k3W2MAgAsmy2aSlMYo/AGlJ/KCrZuk6OirNHtdOdacvbcdUUbpkNpBSjdkrRm2If
VUnY1utIIJe6gFgnBUxXJ3RF5FZuhkdawc6V25HtDp6H3WamzJknKs5Vc4TlKp59
hZCOto7/+G/cd2XLdCKFUBl+new1pdDPsEm56+57DeZ7QGAQRX35PUQ5+HBjQJ/N
n/wJgS6wkEdIQLLwmCVxbHUkC+pRotTza5F2A0qZJgYPMcMpVFYKtzIa4GbWB5YS
MKGHbM8f3C8RLPQaHHTRycoA2Yor1I52B4Oi7605c5zHQr9pjrgtWsernDzkIhsB
ThYHSYQBUBTY4HBfzFwzCkVGqqLWNg==
=PMFY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220907' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm
- simplify the STM32MP15x package parsing code
- remove test on CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR in stm32mp1 board
and enable CONFIG_DM_REGULATOR for stm32f769-disco
- handle ck_usbo_48m clock provided by USBPHYC to fix the command 'usb start'
after alignment with Linux kernel v5.19 DT (clocks = <&usbphyc>)
- Fix SYS_HZ_CLOCK value for stih410-b2260 board
- Switch STMM32MP15x DHSOM to FMC2 EBI driver
- Remove hwlocks from pinctrl in STM32MP15x to avoid issue with kernel
Several different firmware users have repetitive code to extract the
firmware data from a FIT. Add some helper functions to reduce the amount
of repetition. fit_conf_get_prop_node (eventually) calls
fdt_check_node_offset_, so we can avoid an explicit if. In general, this
version avoids printing on error because the callers are typically
library functions, and because the FIT code generally has (debug)
prints of its own. One difference in these helpers is that they use
fit_image_get_data_and_size instead of fit_image_get_data, as the former
handles external data correctly.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Correctly calculate offsets between SPL and proper U-Boot when new config
option CONFIG_FSL_PREPBL_ESDHC_BOOT_SECTOR for generating eSDHC boot sector
is enabled. Otherwise SPL would not be able to boot proper U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
All *boot env commands overrides default boot source location via i2c.
After board reset without power off, BootROM then starts booting U-Boot
from this specified location instead of the default one.
Add new env command defboot which reverts boot location to the default
value, which in most cases is configurable by HW DIP switches.
And add new env commands norlowerboot, norupperboot, sd2boot to boot from
other locations. norlowerboot would instruct BootROM to boot from lower NOR
bank, norupperboot from upper NOR bank and sd2boot from SD card with
alternative configuration.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
SYS_HZ_CLOCK was wrongly set to 1GHz whereas it's set to 750MHz
by default by bootrom.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
This commit sychronizes the header file for FU740 PRCI clocks with the
one from Linux 5.19.
The constant values are the same, but all constant names are changed
(most are just prefixed with FU740_).
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <uwu@icenowy.me>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The frequency of the system counter is static which is given by the
COUNTER_FREQUENCY option. Remove COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add an option to tell the TPM to commit non-volatile data immediately it
is changed, rather than waiting until later. This is needed in some
situations, since if the device reboots it may not write the data.
Add definitions for the rest of the Cr50 commands while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add a vendor-specific TPM2 command for this and implement it for Cr50.
Note: This is not part of the TPM spec, but is a Cr50 extension.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
It is useful to read information about the current TPM state, where
supported, e.g. for debugging purposes when verified boot fails.
Add support for this to the TPM interface as well as Cr50. Add a simple
sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This feature is used for measured boot, so we can add a log entry to the
TCPA with some information about where the digest comes from. It is not
currently supported in the TPM drivers, but add it to the API so that
code which expects it can signal its request.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Display the EBBRv2.0 conformance in the ECPT table.
The EBBRv2.0 conformance profile is set in the ECPT if
CONFIG_EFI_EBBR_2_0_CONFORMANCE=y.
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Add dependencies for CONFIG_EFI_EBBR_2_0_CONFORMANCE.
Enable the setting by default.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The ECPT table will be included in the UEFI specification 2.9+.
The ECPT table was introduced in UEFI following the code-first path. The
acceptance ticket can be viewed at:
https://bugzilla.tianocore.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3591
The Conformance Profiles table is a UEFI configuration table that contains
GUID of the UEFI profiles that the UEFI implementation conforms with.
The ECPT table is created when CONFIG_EFI_ECPT=y.
The config is set by default.
Signed-off-by: Jose Marinho <jose.marinho@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some tests can have race conditions which are hard to detect on a single
one. Add a way to run tests more than once, to help with this.
Each individual test is run the requested number of times before moving
to the next test. If any runs failed, a message is shown.
This is most useful when running a single test, since running all tests
multiple times can take a while.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Try to load required DTB overlays if the board supports extensions and
CONFIG_CMD_EXTENSION is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
This converts CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 to Kconfig.
For omap2 and mvebu the 'select SYS_L2_PL310' locations were
determined using ./tools/moveconfig -i CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310.
For mx6 I manually chose ARCH_MX6 as 'select' location. The
correctness has been verified using
$ ./tools/moveconfig.py -f ARCH_MX6 ~SYS_L2_PL310 ~SYS_L2CACHE_OFF
0 matches
That means whenever an ARCH_MX6 board had SYS_L2_PL310 disabled, this
was correctly reflected in SYS_L2CACHE_OFF. Thus it's safe to insert
the 'select' statement under ARCH_MX6.
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
This removes the following symbols:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LDI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DVI_BUS_NUM
They are unused by any code in tree at this time.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_CCID
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_NXID
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_BUS_NUM
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Only probed block devices are available in the UEFI sub-system. Multiple
block devices may be involved in the boot process. So we have to make sure
that all block devices are probed. Another reason is that we store UEFI
variables on the ESP which may be on any block device.
On the sandbox before the patch:
=> efidebug devices
No EFI system partition
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000001b027c70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000055d078bc1ae0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Uart(0,0,D,D)
000000001b22e0b0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/MAC(020011223344,1)
After the patch:
=> efidebug devices
No EFI system partition
Device Device Path
================ ====================
000000001b027c70 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)
000055bdac8ddae0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/Uart(0,0,D,D)
000000001b230920 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(2)/SD(0)
000000001b233ac0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)
000000001b233b80 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)/HD(1,GPT,d0a914ee-a71c-fc1e-73f0-7e302b0e6c20,0x30,0x1)
000000001b234110 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(1)/SD(1)/HD(2,GPT,9330a0ea-8aff-f67a-294c-fa05d60896c3,0x31,0x1)
000000001b22f0e0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/SD(0)/SD(2)
000000001b238df0 /VenHw(e61d73b9-a384-4acc-aeab-82e828f3628b)/MAC(020011223344,1)
Fixes: a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to create efi_disk objects from udevice")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
I do not have any non-serial output devices, so a
print_pre_console_buffer(PRE_CONSOLE_FLUSHPOINT2_EVERYTHING_BUT_SERIAL)
does nothing for me.
However, I was manually inspected the pre-console buffer using md.b,
and I noticed that the early part of it was repeated. The reason is
that the first call of print_pre_console_buffer(), from
console_init_f(), ends up invoking puts() with the contents of the
buffer at that point, and puts() at that point ends up in the else
branch of
if (gd->flags & GD_FLG_DEVINIT) {
/* Send to the standard output */
fputs(stdout, s);
} else {
/* Send directly to the handler */
pre_console_puts(s);
serial_puts(s);
}
so indeed the contents is added again.
That can be somewhat confusing (both when reading the buffer manually,
but also if it did actually come out on some device). So disable all
use of the pre-console buffer while print_pre_console_buffer() is
emitting it.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some UBI partitions may use non-standard UBI header offset. For attaching
these UBI partitions it is required to pass second argument with offset to
"ubi part" command.
Therefore extend distroboot to allow specifying additional optional 6th
argument with UBI header offset. This offset is set in new distroboot
variable ${bootubioff} which may be used by distroboot script to e.g.
properly pass this value to linux kernel command line for proper mounting
of rootfs by kernel. This variable is set to empty string (cleared) when
UBI header offset is not specified into distroboot BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES
macro.
Usage of helper macro BOOTENV_DEV_UBIFS_BOOTUBIOFF in this change is there
as a type check. It ensures that in BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES macro was specified
UBIFS func with either 5 or 6 arguments. If not then cpp throws compile
error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Re-sync again on some linux part, add some fixes for fsl_elbc from
Pali and switch
imx8mn bsh to use nand base ident
For nand subsystem tested on:
- imx8mn Macronix MX30LF4G18AC
- P2020 based board Turris 1.1 for fsl_elbc
Just enabling the Kconfig option for DM_ETH and DM_MDIO is enough.
Additionally, we can remove the old hardcoded config.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If something is wrong with the environment, we cannot rely on a proper
u-boot operation anymore. In fact, it is possible, that we never reach
misc_init_r() with a broken environment.
Also don't enable the netconsole by environment settings. This way the
user don't have to reconfigure the environment. Instead the network
console is only enabled when the push button is pressed during boot.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the common kernel_addr_r, ramdisk_addr_r and fdt_addr_r variable
names.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We can load the ramdisk as the last step. This way we don't have to set
the intermediate variable 'ramdisk_len' and can remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Drop our own CONFIG_FDTFILE handling in favor of the generic
CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE one.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add distro boot to board include file and deconfig file
- Miscellaneous changes:
- Remove Gerald from maintainer list (email bounced)
- Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
kernel method of booting (e.g. OpenWrt) with appended DTB.
- Add CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG to reduce binary size.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220807192709.21717-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
mbus driver is initialized from arch_cpu_init() callback which is called
before relocation. This driver stores lot of functions and structure
pointers into global variables, so it is data position dependent.
Therefore after relocations all pointers are invalid and driver does not
work anymore as all pointers referes to the old memory, which overlaps with
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR and ${loadaddr}.
For example U-Boot fuse command crashes if loadaddr memory is cleared or
rewritten by some image loaded by U-Boot load command.
mw.w ${loadaddr} 0x0 10000
fuse read 0 1 2
Fix this issue by removing of all mbus global variables in which are stored
pointers to structures or functions which changes during relocation. And
replace it by direct function calls (not via pointers). With this change
fuse command finally works.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add distro boot to board include file and deconfig file
- Miscellaneous changes:
- Add CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS and friends to support legacy
kernel method of booting (e.g. OpenWrt) with appended DTB.
- Add CONFIG_LTO and CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG, and disable some
unused configs to reduce binary size.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220807192709.21717-1-pali@kernel.org/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
binman clean-up of compression and addition of utilities
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFFBAABCgAvFiEEslwAIq+Gp8wWVbYnfxc6PpAIreYFAmMBd6MRHHNqZ0BjaHJv
bWl1bS5vcmcACgkQfxc6PpAIreau9wf/YQD9GsZh1HrgG5EGfaMN+NV4rGkSywZX
8AxKCscTiLVtCzUlYOEZ3mFRpli9RJ5H9eWvwcOx8GyyHkvsIdGlzdvG4PZSLd/T
bOqqtkAZxEDi0ZzQAd0bqKQ9D2ujPbatmElhBNMxyMap+Jkww7LDJvIpCKXSsGEN
881a+CafAQfYICw9TtlVLzn+WirLiIXtWMxmCuZH3hrxFVjU6T1vxoyMPIBIEzkt
SMAxRRvzjLwmYEajlDlAFwykcHJCdGbCyyoBQg1OYEIl/XZYyEN2IzdiiJFzAxn+
QA4ctAQk4gASnZfoSzTWgbeyLZqqYy8j0+z+wZaF/+dp/veZWQBLlg==
=Kn1x
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dm-pull-20aug22' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm
binman fixes for various things
binman clean-up of compression and addition of utilities
Upstream linux commit 7bb427990ee364.
Rename the function to match this new behavior.
NOTE: fix nand_detect/nand_get_flash_type parameters in
mxs_nand_spl. This code seems never executed by any board
as alternative for nand detect
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 4722c0e958e636.
The returned "type" is never used in nand_scan_ident() and spl code
Make nand_get_flash_type() simply return an integer value in order
to avoid unnecessary ERR_PTR/PTR_ERR dance.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 8cfb9ab68f9070.
Drop the 's' at the end of nand_manufacturers since the struct is actually
describing a single manufacturer, not a manufacturer table.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
The kmtegr1 board is out of maintenance and can be removed. As it is the
only board in the tree using MPC8309 the support for this CPU is dropped
completely.
Signed-off-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
This board is missing migration to CONFIG_DM, which had a deadline of
v2020.01, which is now more than 2 years passed due. Remove it.
Cc: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we are about to enable DM_ETH by default, remove legacy code.
Cc: Alison Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have been orphaned for some time and are behind on various
DM migrations. Remove them.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Cc: Tetsuyuki Kobayashi <koba@kmckk.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board is not converted to use CONFIG_DM, well passed the migration
deadline. Remove it.
Cc: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
bootstage_mark() and bootstate_error() are not recording any name and in
report it is showing as id=<value>. That's not useful and it is better to
show function name which calls it.
That's why use macros with passing __func__ as recorded name for bootstage.
Origin report looks like this:
ZynqMP> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (10 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
2,482,383 2,482,383 board_init_f
4,278,821 1,796,438 board_init_r
4,825,331 546,510 id=64
4,858,409 33,078 id=65
4,862,382 3,973 main_loop
4,921,713 59,331 usb_start
9,345,345 4,423,632 id=175
When this patch is applied.
ZynqMP> bootstage report
Timer summary in microseconds (31 records):
Mark Elapsed Stage
0 0 reset
2,465,624 2,465,624 board_init_f
4,278,628 1,813,004 board_init_r
4,825,139 546,511 eth_common_init
4,858,228 33,089 eth_initialize
4,862,201 3,973 main_loop
4,921,530 59,329 usb_start
8,885,334 3,963,804 cli_loop
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions are not needed anymore since we now have logic which can
output to the console if logging is disabled. Drop the declarations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Makes it easier to add readable GPIO definitions in DTS files
for Aspeed SOC based boards.
Ported with small edits to add IBM copyright statement and fix
for checkpatch warning.
Signed-off-by: Dhananjay Phadke <dphadke@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Billy Tsai <billy_tsai@aspeedtech.com>
Acked-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The LS1043ARDB rev v7.0 board replaces the AQR105 PHY on MAC9 with an
AQR113C PHY. The address of the PHY on the MDIO bus changes from 0x1 to
0x8. Enable CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP and update both u-boot and Linux device
trees to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
This is a preparation patch to provide the unified method
to access udevice pointer associated with the EFI handle
by adding udevice pointer into struct efi_object.
The patch also introduces a helper function efi_link_dev()
to link the udevice and EFI handle.
The EFI handles of both EFI block io driver implemented in
lib/efi_loader/efi_disk.c and EFI block io driver implemented
as EFI payload can access the udevice pointer in the struct efi_object.
We can use this udevice pointer to get the U-Boot friendly
block device name(e.g. mmc 0:1, nvme 0:1) through EFI handle.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This driver has not been converted to DM_ETH. The migration deadline
passed 2 years ago.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: David Feng <fenghua@phytium.com.cn>
Cc: Liviu Dudau <liviu.dudau@foss.arm.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board is behind on several mandatory DM migrations and is missing
OF_CONTROL support that makes other conversions impossible. Remove it.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FSL_NGPIXIS
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_QMAN_V3
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RAID_ENGINE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_RMU
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRIO_LIODN
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB1_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB2_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB_DUAL_PHY_ENABLE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USB_INTERNAL_UTMI_PHY
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
And we remove the entries from the README for a number of already
converted items.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present there is a confusing array of functions that handle the
device tree fix-ups needed for booting an OS. We should be able to switch
to using events to clean this up.
As a first step, create a new event type and call it from the standard
place.
Note that this event uses the ofnode interface only, since this can
support live tree which is more efficient when making lots of updates.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This creates static records at present, but it causes a problem with clang
and LTO: the linker list records are sometimes dropped from the image.
Fix this by making the records global.
Update to use __used while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Typically we want to find and use global bootmeths first, since they have
the best idea of how the system should boot. We then use normal bootmeths
as a fallback.
Add the logic for this, putting global bootmeths at the end of the
ordering. We can then easily scan the global bootmeths first, then drop
them from the list for subsequent bootdev-centric scans.
This changes the ordering of global bootmeths, so update the
bootflow_system() accordingly.
Drop the comment from bootmeth_setup_iter_order() since this is an
exported function and it should be in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for handling this concept in bootflows. Update the 'bootflow'
command to allow only the normal bootmeths to be used. This alllows
skipping EFI bootmgr and VBE, for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current way of handling things like EFI bootmgr is a bit odd, since
that bootmeth handles selection of the bootdev itself. VBE needs to work
the same way, so we should support it properly.
Add a flag that indicates that the bootmeth is global, rather than being
invoked on each bootdev. Provide a helper to read a bootflow from the
bootmeth.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some bootmeths can provide information about what is available to boot.
For example, VBE simple provides access to the firmware state.
Add a new method for this, along with a sandbox test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In generally it is not permitted to implement an ofnode function only for
flat tree or live tree. Both must be supported. Also the code for
live tree access should be in of_access.c rather than ofnode.c which is
really just for holding the API-conversion code.
Update ofnode_write_prop() accordingly and fix the test so it can work
with flat tree too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some documentation and a new flag so that we can safely enabled using
the ofnode interface to write to the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present ofnode only works with a single device tree, for the most part.
This is the control FDT used by U-Boot.
When booting an OS we may obtain a different device tree and want to
modify it. Add some initial support for this into the ofnode API.
Note that we don't permit aliases in this other device tree, since the
of_access implementation maintains a list of aliases collected at
start-up. Also, we don't need aliases to do fixups in the other FDT. So
make sure that flat tree and live tree processing are consistent in this
area.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The unflattening algorithm results in a single block of memory being
allocated for the whole tree. When writing new properties, these are
allocated new memory outside that block. When the block is freed, the
allocated properties remain.
Document how this works and the potential memory leak, as well as
mentioning that updating the livetree is actually supported now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is used by a lot of files, but ofnode.h needs to include a lot of
header files. This can create dependency cycles, particularly with
global_data.h which must include various declarations.
Split the core delcarations into a separate file to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename these to VESA, itself an abbreviation, to avoid a conflict with
Verified Boot for Embedded.
Rename this to avoid referencing VBE.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to use VBE to mean Verfiied Boot for Embedded in U-Boot. Rename
the existing VBE (Vesa BIOS extensions) to allow this.
Verified Boot for Embedded is documented doc/develop/vbe.rst
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the dependency on CMD_PXE from BOOTMETH_DISTRO by introducing a
new hidden kconfig symbol to control whether pxe_utils is compiled,
allowing bootstd's distro method to be compiled without needing
networking support enabled.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct build errors when CMD_BOOTM is not enabled:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The declarations in the header and in the implementation must match.
Reported-by: Sergei Antonov <saproj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch is fixing a broken boot observed on stm32mp157c-dk2 board.
IS_ENABLED macro should be used to check if a compilation flag is set
to "y" or "m".
LMB_MEMORY_REGIONS is set to a numerical value, IS_ENABLED macro is not
suitable in this case.
Fixes: 7c1860fce4 ("lmb: Fix lmb property's defination under struct lmb")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The convinience functions are not that small and they caused
bloated text segments because of their usage.
There was no need to inline them in the first place, as
they're not part of a fastpath.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Only two boards in the tree set the macro DWC_NET_PHYADDR. Both have
CONFIG_DM_ETH_PHY=y, so should set the phy address in DT if necessary.
The imx8mp_evk does set the correct address in device tree.
The other board seems to be a copy-paste-adapt from an old
version of the imx8mp_evk config header, given the "#ifdef
CONFIG_DWC_ETH_QOS" block that has been removed from imx8mp_evk header
in commit 127fb45495. Its device tree doesn't even enable (i.e., set
'status = "okay"') the &eqos node. But the other ethernet device,
&fec, does get enabled, and does have a phy sitting at address 4 (and
it also has a corresponding legacy #define CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR
4). So I believe it should be completely safe to remove it from there
as well.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Re-apply to top of tree, update imx93_evk.h]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
to adjust the root path length.
Eg to 256 from Linux Kernel
Signed-off-by: Andre Kalb <andre.kalb@sma.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
[trini: Guard extern so that !CONFIG_NET platforms will build]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are a large number of options under CONFIG_SYS (but some of these
are elsewhere, spotted while cleaning CONFIG_SYS) that are never
referenced, or only used slightly later in the config file. Remove or
restructure these.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A large number of files include <flash.h> as it used to be how various
SPI flash related functions were found, or for other reasons entirely.
In order to migrate some further CONFIG symbols to Kconfig we need to
not include flash.h in cases where we don't have a NOR flash of some
sort enabled. Furthermore, in cases where we are in common code and it
doesn't make sense to try and further refactor the code itself in to new
files we need to guard this inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT
In practice, for two m68k platforms we move to hard-coding with a
comment the timeout values, rather than try and make convoluted Kconfig
logic. We add options for the write and erase options to the pic32
flash driver, as this driver does make use of them. Everywhere else
these are unreferenced values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All platforms today define CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING, so drop the code
for this option being unset.
Cc: Qiang Zhao <qiang.zhao@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is the only platform defining and using CONFIG_SYS_MEM_SIZE, switch
to using CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE for consistency.
Cc: Paul Burton <paul.burton@mips.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG_SYS_xxx_SIZE options to describe the amount
main memory available. Rework CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SIZE, which described a
size in number of MiB to use CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE which is most often
used as a number of bytes. Use shifts of this option when required.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
No platforms enable the functionality to tftp directly to NOR flash, and
this is discouraged by the documentation. Remove this code. Further,
this highlights an oddity of the code. Un-indent the start of this
function.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These functions should really be available outside the TPM code, so that
other callers can find out which version the TPM is. Rename them to have
a tpm_ prefix() and add them to the header file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Now when CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE has sane value, use it for calculation of
other SPL offset values: CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_MMC_U_BOOT_* and
CONFIG_SYS_SPI_FLASH_U_BOOT_* macros.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This change allows to use pinctrl_gpio_request() function as a direct
pointer for dm_gpio_ops's .request callback.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This new function pinctrl_generic_set_state_prefix() behaves like
pinctrl_generic_set_state() but it takes third string argument which is
used as the prefix for each device tree string property.
This is needed for Marvell pinctrl drivers, becase Linux device tree files
have pinmux properties prefixed by "marvell," string.
This change allows to use generic U-Boot pinctrl functions for Armada 38x
pinctrl driver without need to copy+paste of the majority U-Boot pinctrl
code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
start of test for fdt command
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFFBAABCgAvFiEEslwAIq+Gp8wWVbYnfxc6PpAIreYFAmLgRtERHHNqZ0BjaHJv
bWl1bS5vcmcACgkQfxc6PpAIreYXFwgAlALOMj3bwwsIAXNa5j/hPb3j/ecIqXgn
ocyxN+U5eSb2Ju5Jc9QmSeUMnGrii9+PW9j0JApdHrbUgBI2Sx+zwqMTIfA+BS05
4xXZgk5jOT+we2489FjgFcplv+dIuVlsB/Zo6zTbZyjkobfilYsZEGYHJ/CYNaIH
n7EmZeby1cXL7DMCxT39d3hD43XSX8cqQ1IIiF9DgtHQYs2Ff8dFcbWArSdgLX3o
Eob2Qj/GjScg87zjZcsgZajWJMHUfMeD5ZiKN2fR0T/wOdO1WtzFoF2Mt8KZcW1j
BD1shgBCMSSl5EgRG1BQZw4Sa92W2IBlbJ9tfIh8qnWOzEBzOs/M6w==
=lsO4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dm-pull-26jul22' of https://gitlab.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm.git
minor dm- and fdt-related fixes
start of test for fdt command
Add features to write protect single boot area rather than all boot
areas.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add the DTSi file and DT header files for i.MX93 SoC
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add bootaux command to support on-demand booting M33 from u-boot.
It kicks M33 via ATF by "bootaux 0x201e0000 0"
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a basic test of the 'fdt addr' command, to kick things off.
This includes a new convenience function to run a command from a printf()
string.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this feature so that it works on sandbox, using a basic identity
mapping. This allows us to run the 'ut addrmap' test.
Also fix up the test to use the correct macros to access the linker
list, so that the 'ut addrmap' command actually works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When CONFIG_LOG is activated, if LOG_DEBUG is defined in a file and
DEBUG is not defined the trace with debug() macro are not displayed,
because the parameter cond : _DEBUG = 0 is checked in debug_cond().
With this patch the define DEBUG, used to force the trace generated by
debug() macro, is linked with the define LOG_DEBUG, used to force the
trace generated by other macros (log_debug, dev_dbg, pr_debug).
We only need to define LOG_DEBUG in a file to activate all the
traces generated by any U-Boot debug macro, as it is described in
/doc/develop/logging.rst
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add supporting new compatible string "u-boot,zynqmp-fpga-enc" to
handle loading encrypted bitfiles.
This feature requires encrypted FSBL, as according to UG1085:
"The CSU automatically locks out the AES key, stored in either BBRAM
or eFUSEs, as a key source to the AES engine if the FSBL is not
encrypted. This prevents using the BBRAM or eFUSE as the key source
to the AES engine during run-time applications."
Signed-off-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-14-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
These flags may be used to check whether an FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-10-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add a "compatible" string to binary flag converter, which uses
a callback str2flag() of given FPGA driver if available.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-8-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
These flags may be used to check whether an FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-7-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This flag is used to check whether a Xilinx FPGA driver is able to
load a particular FPGA bitstream image.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-6-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Add a call to convert FPGA "compatible" string to a binary flag.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-5-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Store a set of supported bitstream types in xilinx_desc structure.
It will be used to determine whether an FPGA image is able to be
loaded with a given driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-4-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Function definition arguments should also have identifier names.
Add missed ones to struct xilinx_fpga_op callbacks, unifying code.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Tested-by: Adrian Fiergolski <adrian.fiergolski@fastree3d.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722141614.297383-3-oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is defined in the imx-regs.h include file and thus
does not need to be defined in the various board config includes.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Mailbox driver might be need for Versal and other future platforms.
To remove the dependency, move struct zynqmp_ipi_msg to
zynqmp_firmware.h so that mailbox driver compiles for other platforms
easily.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722084658.30995-5-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
zynqmp_pmufw_load_config_object() has some error cases and it is better
to return those errors. Change prototype of this function to return
errors.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220722084658.30995-2-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Add support for Qualcomm QCS404 SoC based evaluation board.
Features:
- Qualcomm Snapdragon QCS404 SoC
- 1GiB RAM
- 8GiB eMMC, uSD slot
U-boot is chain loaded by ABL in 64-bit mode as part of boot.img.
For detailed build and boot instructions, refer to
doc/board/qualcomm/qcs404.rst.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Currently this clock driver initializes clocks for UART and eMMC. Along
with this import "qcom,gcc-qcs404.h" header from Linux mainline to
support DT bindings.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Add support for 96Boards Dragonboard 845C aka Robotics RB3 development
platform. This board complies with 96Boards Open Platform Specifications.
Features:
- Qualcomm Snapdragon SDA845 SoC
- 4GiB RAM
- 64GiB UFS drive
U-boot is chain loaded by ABL in 64-bit mode as part of boot.img.
For detailed build and boot instructions, refer to
doc/board/qualcomm/sdm845.rst, board: dragonboard845c.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rather than using magic numbers as clock ids for peripherals import
qcom,gcc-sdm845.h from Linux to be used standard macros for clock ids.
So start using corresponding clk-id macro for debug UART.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Synchronise device tree with linux v5.19-rc5.
Please note that this also means that instead of the previous "generic"
U-Boot specific carrier board agnostic device tree we are now using the
regular one for the Colibri Evaluation (carrier) board V3 (e.g.
vf610-colibri-eval-v3.dtb rather than the previous vf610-colibri.dtb).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The macro `CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE` is used by SPL loaders `"NOR"` and
`"XIP"` to determine the base address of u-boot.
For `"NOR"` on i.MX8MM it is the base address of QSPI0 plus the offset
of the flattened image tree blob.
Although `QSPI0_AMBA_BASE` is used to define CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE in
multiple board header files for i.MX8MM, it is not specified.
Specify offset of flattened image tree blob (needs to be set to same
value as specified in 'binman' node), base address of QSPI0 and size of
FlexSPI configuration block.
Signed-off-by: Mamta Shukla <mamta.shukla@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haemmerle <thomas.haemmerle@leica-geosystems.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Add struct with Flex SPI Configuration Block and enable generating
fspi header using mkimage.
Refer i.MX 8M Mini Application Processor Reference Manual for
detailed information about parameters for FlexSPI Configuration block.
Signed-off-by: Mamta Shukla <mamta.shukla@leica-geosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Haemmerle <thomas.haemmerle@leica-geosystems.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Upstream linux commit 3b5206f4be9b65.
Move Macronix specific initialization logic into nand_macronix.c. This
is part of the "separate vendor specific code from core" cleanup
process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 229204da53b31d.
Move AMD/Spansion specific initialization/detection logic into
nand_amd.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 10d4e75c36f6c1.
Move Micron specific initialization logic into nand_micron.c. This is
part of the "separate vendor specific code from core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 9b2d61f80b060c.
Move Toshiba specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_toshiba.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 01389b6bd2f4f7.
Move Hynix specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_hynix.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit c51d0ac59f2420.
Move Samsung specific initialization and detection logic into
nand_samsung.c. This is part of the "separate vendor specific code from
core" cleanup process.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
In preparation of moving specific nand support that are not jedec
or onfi
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
chip points to mtd. Passing chip is enough to have a reference
to mtd when is necessary
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit abbe26d144ec22.
A lot of NANDs are implementing generic features in a non-generic way,
or are providing advanced auto-detection logic where the NAND ID bytes
meaning changes with the NAND generation.
Providing this vendor specific initialization step will allow us to get
rid of full-id entries in the nand_ids table or all the vendor specific
cases added over the time in the generic NAND ID decoding logic.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Upstream linux commit 7f501f0a72036d.
Store the NAND ID in struct nand_chip to avoid passing id_data and id_len
as function parameters.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Fix diacritics in some instances of my name and change my e-mail address
to kabel@kernel.org.
Add corresponding .mailmap entries.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This allows to compile U-Boot without some boot option for some A3720 board
which does not have that peripheral.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To quote Andre:
One prominent feature is the restructering of the clock driver, which
allows to end up with one actual driver for all variants, although we
still only compile in support for one SoC.
Also contained are some initial SPI fixes, which should fix some
problems, and enable SPI flash support for the F1C100s SoC. Those
patches revealed more problems, I will queue fixes later on, but for
now it should at least still work.
Apart from some smaller fixes (for instance for NAND operation), there
is also preparation for the upcoming Allwinner D1 support, in form of
the USB PHY driver. There are more driver support patches to come.
The gitlab CI completed successfully, including the build test for all
160 sunxi boards. I also boot tested on a few boards, but didn't have
time for more elaborate tests this time.
There was no user of this callback after 5b66fdb29d anymore, and its
semantic as now inconsistent between stm and sst26. What we need for the
upcoming new usecase is a "completely unlocked" semantic. So consolidate
over this.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Follow patch <f6adec1af4b2f5d3012480c6cdce7743b74a6156> (Allow using Micron mt35xu512aba
in Octal DTR mode).
Enable Octal DTR mode with 20 dummy cycles to allow running at the
maximum supported frequency for adding Macronix flash in Octal DTR mode.
-https://www.mxic.com.tw/Lists/Datasheet/Attachments/7841/MX25LM51245G,%203V,%20512Mb,%20v1.1.pdf
Signed-off-by: JaimeLiao <jaimeliao.tw@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
For mostly historic reasons we had configuration headers for each
Allwinner CPU "family". These days they are mostly just including one
common header, with the rest being somewhat empty.
There were attempts to remove them, and to just use the one common header
to begin with, but this has implications to the build system, which me
might not be ready for, yet.
To document this behaviour, and to avoid something sneaking in over
time, make those files all the same (minus the CPU family name and
the copyrights), and add a comment explaining that.
This makes it easier to just remove those files later on, when needed
and possible.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The clock and reset drivers use the exact same platform data. Simplify
them by sharing the object. This is safe because the parent device
(the clock device) always gets its driver model callbacks run first.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
All of the driver private data should really be platform data since it
is determined statically (selected by the compatible string or extracted
from the devicetree). Move everything to platform data, so it can be
provided when binding the driver. This is useful for SPL, or for
instantiating the driver as part of an MFD.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that all of the variants use the same bind/probe functions and ops,
there is no need to have a separate driver for each variant. Since most
SoCs contain two variants (the main CCU and PRCM CCU), this saves a bit
of firmware size and RAM.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This allows all of the clock drivers to use a common bind function.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The reset array size is currently used for bounds checking in the reset
driver. The same bounds check should really be done in the clock driver.
Currently, the array size is provided to the reset driver separately
from the CCU descriptor, which is a bit strange. Let's do this the usual
way, with the array sizes next to the arrays themselves.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: add F1C100s support]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This patch adds a clock driver for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
This driver provides clock gate control as well as getting clock frequency
for CPU/SYS/XTAL and some peripherals.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This patch adds support for MediaTek MT7621 SoC.
All files are dedicated for u-boot.
The default build target is u-boot-mt7621.bin.
The specification of this chip:
https://www.mediatek.com/products/homenetworking/mt7621
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Weijie Gao <weijie.gao@mediatek.com>
This commit exposes the END device path node.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- Add OP-TEE nodes for stm32mp13x, alligned with upstreamed OP-TEE
- Introduce of_to_plat ops in stm32_sdmmc2 driver
- Activate more features in stm32mp13 defconfig and support of STM32MP13x Rev.Y
- Drop fastboot and stm32prog trigger gpios on STM32MP15x DHCOM board
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEE56Yx6b9SnloYCWtD4rK92eCqk3UFAmLNj88ACgkQ4rK92eCq
k3Wukwf+PZnmQuyzwwFDOpZO1lUPfUN0WkoEBV8M5IxLehHdfHJT3YsAtm6DS8dd
4+n0+WmR7Uk4B8ODRPrGNBJftFoOVfEAvWmpfCC/VcHgEDEzdJzJe6yxa9wAWeQR
djRZLM8qx6OIEUW+sfYbFkD2BCv+cLiT0YH9qqx8WCRlf6JTuLquSBJQXIJAqYiE
LdO/pp0rv4oC0s08BSL4bHL/Mh7FHeUPiEjn2uRP/vISgmH1qyCql3gbr/wCaTYR
jfqr9pjmWTxEOppZIdE832QMy1MTSA/6Q3Jr4LKRko6ArBGjbGlj3EbeeEdKPDRy
BtQ6OLnxWKdcPr2qp301nnERRi4L4w==
=WgbW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220712' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm
- Alignment with Linux kernel device tree v5.19 for stm32mp15 and stm32mp13
- Add OP-TEE nodes for stm32mp13x, alligned with upstreamed OP-TEE
- Introduce of_to_plat ops in stm32_sdmmc2 driver
- Activate more features in stm32mp13 defconfig and support of STM32MP13x Rev.Y
- Drop fastboot and stm32prog trigger gpios on STM32MP15x DHCOM board
MPS3 board have a ISP1763 usb controller, enable it to be used
for mass storage access for example. Enable the usb command
also and for the FVP support for mass storage enable the mmc
command.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Move urb code from musb only use to a more common scope, so other
drivers in the future can use the handling of urb in usb.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
On STM32MP13x STMicroelectronics boards, the UART can reliably go up to
4000000 bauds when connected to the external ST-LINKV3.
This patch adds the support of higher baudrates on STMicroelectronics
STM32MP13x boards with ST-LINKV3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Correctly handle STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV define in stm32mp15_st_common.h;
the STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV is added in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
definition, as it is done "stm32mp15_st_common.h"
Without this patch, the content of STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV is not used in
the default environment for STMicroelectronics boards.
Fixes: 806c4dd315 ("configs: stm32mp1: set the console variable for extlinux.conf")
Reported-by: Gatien CHEVALLIER <gatien.chevallier@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On p1_p2_rdb_pc platforms, we set ddr_data_init to the "poison" value of
0xdeadbeef rather than a real calculated / derived value. Do this
directly and comment rather than via CONFIG.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a single platform that is both in the OMAP3 family of parts, but
has an EMIF4 memory controller. Currently we hard-code the size of
chip select 0. Make this more clear by putting the value in the
function rather than a CONFIG option.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Correct spelling and copy/paste errors in comments.
Fixes 1c4db59d9b ("regmap: Add support for regmap fields")
Signed-off-by: Ralph Siemsen <ralph.siemsen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix multiple issues in ubifs distroboot code:
U-Boot supports attaching only one MTD device as UBI at the time. So
always call 'ubifsmount ubi0:${bootubivol}' for mounting UBI volume
${bootubivol}. Usage of 'ubi${devnum}' is incorrect as 'ubi part'
command attach MTD device always as UBI device ubi0.
Set distroboot ${bootfstype} variable to ubifs in ubifs_boot command.
Distroboot scripts require ${bootfstype} variable to be properly set and it
is already set for all other boot types.
Set distroboot ${distro_bootpart} variable to ${bootubivol} value. UBI
device does not have partitions, but has volumes. Distroboot scripts
require something to be set in ${distro_bootpart} variable, so set it to
the UBI volume which is currently mounted by ubifs.
Set distroboot ${devnum} variable to fixed string "ubi0". ubifs code
differs from the other partition code that it requires "ubi" prefix before
number.
Explicitly unmount ubifs volume after loading all data from it. This allows
to detach UBI device from MTD device.
Move definition of MTD device with UBI and UBI volume with ubifs filesystem
from global env variables ${bootubipart} and ${bootubivol} into the
distroboot "func" macro, defined in board include config files. UBIFS
distroboot macros then set ${bootubipart} and ${bootubivol} local variables
for compatibility with existing distroboot scripts.
This last change allows to define more UBIFS target devices and make it
clear what is boot MTD/UBI device.
All board include config files are adjusted to use this new scheme of
specifying boot MTD/UBI device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
As part of this, rework error handling in boot/bootm.c so that we pass
the buffer size to handle_decomp_error as CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN will not
be available to host tools but we do know the size that we passed to
malloc().
Cc: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only reference CONFIG_SYS_BFTIC3_BASE in one location. Move the
comment to where we reference it, and use the value directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
As this is used in the environment, reference it directly rather than as
a CONFIG value.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Adrian Alonso <adrian.alonso@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the last platform for this architecture removed, remove the rest of
the architecture support as well.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_EMIF_PRECALCULATED_TIMING_REGS
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOMATIC_SDRAM_DETECTION
CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_LPDDR2_TIMINGS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All of these symbols are not referenced anywhere else in the code, so
remove them.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On platforms that use CONFIG_USB_OHCI_NEW we do not need to set
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_REGS_BASE nor CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME. Drop
these from platforms that we can.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point, the only user of ohci-hcd that also uses PCI is using DM,
so we can drop CONFIG_PCI_OHCI* usage. No platforms set either of
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_BOARD_INIT or CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_CPU_INIT so those
hooks can be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OHCI_SWAP_REG_ACCESS
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_CPU_INIT
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_MAX_ROOT_PORTS
CONFIG_SYS_USB_OHCI_SLOT_NAME
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL_CLK_SEL_PLLB
CONFIG_USB_ATMEL_CLK_SEL_UPLL
CONFIG_USB_OHCI_LPC32XX
CONFIG_USB_OHCI_NEW
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently the SPI flash to load from is defined through the compile
time config CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS and CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS, this
prevents the loading of binaries from different SPI flash using the
same build.E.g. supporting QSPI flash boot and OSPI flash boot
on J721E platform is not possible due to this limitation.
This commit adds lookup functions spl_spi_boot_bus()
and spl_spi_boot_cs for identifying the flash device based on the
selected boot device, when not overridden the lookup functions are
weakly defined in common/spl/spl_spi.c.
Signed-off-by: Vaishnav Achath <vaishnav.a@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_EGIGA_INIT
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_PCIE_INIT
CONFIG_KIRKWOOD_RGMII_PAD_1V8
CONFIG_KM_DISABLE_PCIE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These CONFIG options are only used on this board, in the board file
itself. Remove these from the CONFIG namespace and define in the board
file.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The symbol CONFIG_PCI_CLK_FREQ is local to this board. Provide equal
clarity in the code by referencing the numeric value directly and move
the explanatory comment to the code, just prior to use.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver is not enabled anywhere, remove it. Also remove definitions
of symbols only used in this driver, on platforms that did not enable
it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As things stand currently, there is only one PowerPC platform that
enables the options for CHAIN_OF_TRUST. From the board header files,
remove a number of never-set options. Remove board specific values from
arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_secure_boot.h as well. Rework
include/config_fsl_chain_trust.h to not abuse the CONFIG namespace for
constructing CHAIN_BOOT_CMD. Migrate all of the configurable addresses
to Kconfig.
If any platforms are re-introduced with secure boot support, everything
required should still be here, but now in Kconfig, or requires migration
of an option to Kconfig.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The way that secure boot is implemented today on NXP ARM platforms does
not reuse the elements found in include/config_fsl_chain_trust.h to
construct CONFIG_SECBOOT but instead board header files have their
environment setup as needed and then fsl_setenv_chain_of_trust() will
set secureboot in the environment. Remove a large number of unused
defines here.
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_KEY_REVOCATION
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_LE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_0
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_2
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SFP_VER_3_4
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SRK_LE
This partly means making sure to enable SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A007186 only for
when CHAIN_OF_TRUST is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON_BE
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_MON_LE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SAMSUNG_ONENAND
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
We rename the S5P specific "CONFIG_PWM" to CONFIG_PWM_S5P and move it to
Kconfig. Given the usage of CONFIG_PWM_NX, we have that select this new
symbol.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
- Drop the emulator CONFIG test from include/configs/ls1088ardb.h
- Migrate CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU to a select'able option in
drivers/ddr/fsl/Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this driver can dynamically determine the values set in
CONFIG_DW_WDT_BASE when using WDT, so make this depend on WDT rather
than migrate CONFIG_DW_WDT_BASE to Kconfig.
Cc: Chee Tien Fong <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Cc: Chin-Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinh.nguyen@intel.com>
Cc: Holger Brunck <holger.brunck@hitachienergy.com>
Cc: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: hee Hong Ang <chee.hong.ang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This value is always used at the default, rename it for now. This
likely should come from the device tree if non-default, moving forward.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This function is used to calculate a message digest as part of
authentication process in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In MS authenticode, pkcs7 should have data in its contentInfo field.
This data is tagged with SpcIndirectData type and, for a signed PE image,
provides a image's message digest as SpcPeImageData.
This parser is used in image authentication to parse the field and
retrieve a message digest.
Imported from linux v5.19-rc, crypto/asymmetric_keys/mscode*.
Checkpatch.pl generates tones of warnings, but those are not fixed
for the sake of maintainability (importing from another source).
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
From whole P1/P2 family of RDB boards is TDM-PMC card (PCI Mezzanine Card,
Freescale PQ-MDS-T1) available only on P1021RDB and P1025RDB boards.
So address mapping for TDM-PMC card on LBC should not be enabled on any
other P1/P2 RDB board as there is no device at that TDM-PMC address.
Support for P1021RDB and P1025RDB boards was already removed from mainline
U-Boot in commits 6d1dd76afe ("board/freescale: Remove P1021RDB board
support") and d521cece5a ("board/freescale: Remove P1025RDB board
support").
So do not enable TDM-PMC address mapping on remaining P1/P2 RDB boards and
remove all macros related to TDM-PMC address mappings.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Add defconfig and Kconfig files for Google Chameleon V3 board
Signed-off-by: Paweł Anikiel <pan@semihalf.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQFQBAABCgA6FiEEqxhEmNJ6d7ZdeFLIHrMeAg6sL8gFAmK9nEUcHGV1Z2VuLmhy
aXN0ZXZAbWljcm9jaGlwLmNvbQAKCRAesx4CDqwvyEu0B/4v1EQOMBL+VXns8Ipo
Xeq+RDUX/24XcB5s6sTcNlWzvYuX6Z7DCGJ0loK5JxelrOy+YNkRbTRMom1eW9Kn
9dmKa0bcO7auJEww3Nln1IFyx+FXQFGR1V3g1U4535l8b7urTioIK0MUSrG/GLpe
Rlbh31GAYtrGvl06W1F7mwhg7/0AT8IhUFaY9G7s7gKA5muGQQ7ED4nKVoZPeTAl
lrQ/Ecym1ND7aOhd/vuEBtgoGxDWzwf8piT8qykJluJKzBV1Hic0RXCNBmtrTORz
b1GOOpRUgcnTv9U8j4PRyYGKDnmS2OmV2AwL8+V9UJfJgQrkcRlbgpCysIPmMBzo
YPRt
=D79P
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-at91-2022.10-a' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-at91 into next
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.10 cycle:
This feature set includes mostly fixes and alignments: DT alignment with
Linux for sama7g5, removal of invalid eeprom compatibles, removal of
extra debug_uart_init calls for all at91 boards, support for pio4 driver
pioE bank, and other minor fixes and enhancements for sam9x60 and
sama5d2_icp boards.
On versal platform, enable apb linear mode for apb read and write
execute operations amd disable it when using dma reads. This is done by
xilinx_pm_request() secure calls when CONFIG_ZYNQMP_FIRMWARE is enabled,
else we use direct raw reads and writes in case of mini U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220512100535.16364-5-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
When flash operated at non default mode like DDR, flash need to be reset
to operate in SDR mode to read flash ids by spi-nor framework. Reset the
flash to the default state before using the flash. This reset is handled
by a gpio driver, in case of mini U-Boot as gpio driver is disabled, we
do raw read and write access by the registers.
Versal platform utilizes spi calibration for read delay programming, so
incase by default read delay property is set in DT. We make sure not to
use read delay from DT by overwriting read_delay with -1.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220512100535.16364-4-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
For Rockchip boards with the all rk8xx series PMICs (excluding the
rk808), it is sometimes desirable to not boot whenever the device is
plugged in. An example would be for the Odroid Go Advance.
This provides a configurable option to check the PMIC says it was
powered because of a plug-in event. If the value is 1 and this option
is selected, the device shuts down shortly after printing a message
to console stating the reason why it's shutting down. Powering up the
board with the power button is not affected.
This patch parallels the work done in the following patch series:
https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20220121133732.2397273-1-andre.przywara@arm.com/
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The configs ROCKCHIP_CHIP_TAG and ROCKCHIP_MAX_INIT_SIZE were
originally added with rksd.c, rkspi.c and rkcommon.c in mind,
but are no longer in use and replaced by struct spl_info,
so remove unused configs for tag and size.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Move the environment text over from being set via
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS in include/configs/gw_ventana.h and over
to plain text in board/gateworks/gw_ventana/gw_ventana.env. This lets
us drop CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS_COMMON as everything resides in a
single environment file now.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
- Ensure that everyone setting mtdids= and mtdparts= is doing so via the
CONFIG options.
- If the CONFIG options are set, ensure that the default environment
sets mtdparts / mtdids.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The "autoload" environment variable is always checked with env_get_yesno
as it can be set to any form of no. The default behavior of
env_get_yesno is to return -1 on variables that are not set, which acts
as true in general (we test for non-zero return). To convert
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOLOAD to Kconfig, given that it was almost always used to
set autoload to no, first rename to CONFIG_SYS_DISABLE_AUTOLOAD for
consistency sake. Then, make it so that if enabled we set autoload=0 in
the default environment. Migrate all platforms which set
CONFIG_SYS_AUTOLOAD to non-true or that set autoload to false in their
default environment to using CONFIG_SYS_DISABLE_AUTOLOAD
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the environment text over from being set via
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS in include/configs/opos6uldev.h and over to
plain text in board/armadeus/opos6uldev/opos6uldev.env. This lets us
manage env_version without a CONFIG variable.
Cc: Sébastien Szymanski <sebastien.szymanski@armadeus.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_RANGE
Now that this is in Kconfig we can enforce a minimum size and so remove
the check in C code to ensure range is larger than size.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exception of distro_boot support, we can move all of the rest
of the environment changes to come from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT and in
turn remove CONFIG_ENV_REFLASH.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Largely, the use of CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS can be migrated directly
to come from CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_TEXT. The biggest case that cannot easily
be migrated is distro_bootcmd support. Rather than block migration on
this, remove the #error here so that we can being moving forward.
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This define is only currently used in a single board, and always set to
one. Define this within the board code and remove other references.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_MIN_ENTRIES
CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exception of how PowerPC handles SPL and TPL (which has its own
issues), we cannot safely hide options under CONFIG_SPL_BUILD. Largely
remove the places that have this test today.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce board/siemens/common/Kconfig and have it hold FACTORYSET to
start with. Use select for this on the boards that need it.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Following how it's done for the majority of drivers, add a new
VIDEO_EXYNOS option and Kconfig file under drivers/video/exynos and list
the current options there.
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
- In a number of cases, use CONFIG_ARCH_EXYNOS[45] rather than
CONFIG_EXYNOS[45]
- In other cases, test for CONFIG_ARCH_EXYNOS or CONFIG_ARCH_S5PC1XX
- Migrate specific SoC CONFIG values to Kconfig
- Use CONFIG_TARGET_x rather than CONFIG_x
- Migrate other CONFIG_EXYNOS_x symbols to Kconfig
- Reference CONFIG_EXYNOS_RELOCATE_CODE_BASE directly as EXYNOS_RELOCATE_CODE_BASE
- Rename CONFIG_S5P_PA_SYSRAM to CONFIG_SMP_PEN_ADDR to match the rest
of U-Boot usage.
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since bb5930d5c9 ("exynos: video: Convert several boards to driver
model for video") there have been no callers of any of the exynos_lcd_*
family of functions. Remove these from the boards, and then remove
unused logo and related code as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
The only platform currently that defines an ide_preinit function has an
empty one that immediately returns. Remove this hook.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for this has passed and all boards have been
updated, remove this legacy code and references for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The migration deadline for this has passed and all boards have been
updated, remove this legacy code and references for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The only use of CONFIG_XTFPGA was to build all of the in-tree device
trees. Switch to using CONFIG_XTENSA instead of a non-Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Passing the mtdparts environment variable to the Linux kernel is
required to properly mount the UBI rootfs.
Co-developed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
The Linux kernel device tree already specifies the device to be used for
boot console output with a stdout-path property under /chosen.
Co-developed-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
Include microchip,pdmc.h from Linux.
This file includes required defines for DT successful build.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Binman lets us declare symbols in SPL/TPL that refer to other entries in
the same binman image as them. These symbols are filled in with the
correct values while binman assembles the images, but this is done
in-memory only. Symbols marked as optional can be filled with
BINMAN_SYM_MISSING as an error value if their referred entry is missing.
However, the unmodified SPL/TPL binaries are still available on disk,
and can be used by people. For these files, nothing ensures that the
symbols are set to this error value, and they will be considered valid
when they are not.
Empirically, all symbols show up as zero in a sandbox_vpl build when we
run e.g. tpl/u-boot-tpl directly. On the other hand, zero is a perfectly
fine value for a binman-written symbol, so we cannot say the symbols
have wrong values based on that.
Declare a magic symbol that binman always fills in with a fixed value.
Check this value as an indicator that symbols were filled in correctly.
Return the error value for all symbols when this magic symbol has the
wrong value.
For binman tests, we need to make room for the new symbol in the mocked
SPL/TPL data by extending them by four bytes. This messes up some test
image layouts. Fix the affected values, and check the magic symbol
wherever it makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Enabling CONFIG_BINMAN makes binman run after a build to package any
images specified in the device-tree. It also enables a mechanism for
SPL/TPL to declare and use special linker symbols that refer to other
entries in the same binman image. A similar feature that gets this info
from the device-tree exists for U-Boot proper, but it is gated behind a
CONFIG_BINMAN_FDT unlike the symbols.
Confusingly, CONFIG_SPL/TPL_BINMAN_SYMBOLS also exist. These configs
don't actually enable/disable the symbols mechanism as one would expect,
but declare some symbols for U-Boot using this mechanism.
Reuse the BINMAN_SYMBOLS configs to make them toggle the symbols
mechanism, and declare symbols for the U-Boot phases in a dependent
BINMAN_UBOOT_SYMBOLS config. Extend it to cover symbols of all phases.
Update the config prompt and help message to make it clearer about this.
Fix binman test binaries to work with CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(BINMAN_SYMBOLS).
Co-developed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
[Alper: New config for phase symbols, update Kconfigs, commit message]
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The binman extern symbol declarations in spl.h are missing the VPL
symbols recently added to spl.c, add them like the others.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
This command shows the memory used by driver model along with various
hints as to what it might be if some 'core' tags were moved to use the
tag list instead of a core (i.e. always-there) pointer.
This may help with future work to reduce memory usage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function for collecting the amount of memory used by driver model,
including devices, uclasses and attached data and tags.
This information can provide insights into how to reduce the memory
required by driver model. Future work may look at execution speed also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present tag numbers are only allocated for non-core data, meaning that
the 'core' data, like priv and plat, are accessed through dedicated
functions.
For debugging and consistency it is convenient to use tags for this 'core'
data too. Add support for this, with new tag numbers and functions to
access the pointer and size for each.
Update one of the test drivers so that the uclass-private data can be
tested here.
There is some code duplication with functions like device_alloc_priv() but
this is not addressed for now. At some point, some rationalisation may
help to reduce code size, but more thought it needed on that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this driver uses 'priv' struct to hold 'plat' data, which is
confusing. The contents of the strct don't matter, since only dtoc is
using it. Create a new struct with the correct name.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not a good name anymore as it does not dump everything. Rename it
to dm_dump_tree() to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before setting up the devices U-Boot's printf() function cannot be used
for console output. Provide function os_printf() to print to stderr.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Because fdt_get_config_str et al. were moved/renamed to
ofnode_conf_read_str, they now depend on CONFIG_DM as well as
CONFIG_OF_CONTROL. Add some fallback implementations, preventing a
linker error when CONFIG_SPL_OF_CONTROL and CONFIG_SPL_ENV_IS_IN_MMC are
enabled and CONFIG_SPL_DM is disabled.
Fixes: 7de8bd03c3 ("treewide: fdt: Move fdt_get_config_... to ofnode_conf_read...")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Add a comment explaining the design goals of bloblist, to make it easier
for people to understand and comment on the structure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
sha1 digest size is 5*32-bit => 160-bit. Using 64-bit unsigned long
does not cause issue with the current sha1 implementation, but could
be problematic for vectorized access.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
cpu:
- Add driver for microblaze cpu
net:
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY to AXI emac and emaclite
xilinx:
- Switch platforms to DM_ETH_PHY
- DT chagnes in ZynqMP and Zynq
- Enable support for SquashFS
zynqmp:
- Add support for KR260 boards
- Move BSS from address 0
- Move platform identification from board code to soc driver
- Improve zynqmp_psu_init_minimize
versal:
- Enable loading app at EL1
serial:
- Setup default address and clock rates for DEBUG uarts
pinctrl:
- Add support for tri state and output enable properties
relocate-rela:
- Clean relocate-rela implementation for ARM64
- Add support for Microblaze
microblaze:
- Add support for runtime relocation
- Rework cache handling (wiring, Kconfig) based on cpuinfo
- Remove interrupt support
timer:
- Extract axi timer driver from Microblaze to generic location
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYrlYngAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
ITgbAJ9S9xO2QqxtuodWAYMtJfvZ14c7mgCeKnyFTrrBnJkC0wPsGqE71oNJ49o=
=3gGm
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.10' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze into next
Xilinx changes for v2022.10
cpu:
- Add driver for microblaze cpu
net:
- Add support for DM_ETH_PHY to AXI emac and emaclite
xilinx:
- Switch platforms to DM_ETH_PHY
- DT chagnes in ZynqMP and Zynq
- Enable support for SquashFS
zynqmp:
- Add support for KR260 boards
- Move BSS from address 0
- Move platform identification from board code to soc driver
- Improve zynqmp_psu_init_minimize
versal:
- Enable loading app at EL1
serial:
- Setup default address and clock rates for DEBUG uarts
pinctrl:
- Add support for tri state and output enable properties
relocate-rela:
- Clean relocate-rela implementation for ARM64
- Add support for Microblaze
microblaze:
- Add support for runtime relocation
- Rework cache handling (wiring, Kconfig) based on cpuinfo
- Remove interrupt support
timer:
- Extract axi timer driver from Microblaze to generic location
Replace XILINX_DCACHE_BYTE_SIZE macro with two Kconfig symbols for
instruction and data caches sizes, respectively:
CONFIG_XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_ICACHE_SIZE
CONFIG_XILINX_MICROBLAZE0_DCACHE_SIZE
Also, get rid of the hardcoded value in icache_disable().
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220531181435.3473549-8-ovpanait@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com> (s/bralid/brlid/g)
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET macro place stack to TEXT_BASE - SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
but there is no reason to do it now because board_init_f_alloc_reserve()
returns exact location where stack should be. That's why stack location is
calculated at run time and there is no need to hardcode it via macro. This
change will help with placing U-Boot to any address.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/e9aee69646e022fd8a96cbee2d2a07ab81fb6e05.1655299267.git.michal.simek@amd.com
Do not use 0 as address for memory because of the special meaning for
pointers (null pointer). Change the spl bss start address to the second
page.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Herbrechtsmeier <stefan.herbrechtsmeier@weidmueller.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220607074314.27125-1-stefan.herbrechtsmeier-oss@weidmueller.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@amd.com>
This consists of two slightly related series. For the first, to quote
the author:
This series implements 2 features in driver/firmware/scmi.
First, a single change adds support for SCMI OP-TEE transport to
use OP-TEE native shared memory. See the 1st patch in this series:
"firmware: scmi: optee: use TEE shared memory for SCMI messages".
Then come changes for supporting multi-channel in the SCMI drivers.
I've split the implementation in 11 several small incremental changes
in the hope it helps the review. Few minor fixup commits are also
inserted in the series.
And the second series implements some smccc improvements.
Use PSCI device to query Arm SMCCC v1.1 support from secure monitor
and if so, bind drivers for the SMCCC features that monitor supports.
Drivers willing to be bound from Arm SMCCC features discovery can use
macro ARM_SMCCC_FEATURE_DRIVER() to register to smccc feature discovery,
providing target driver name and a callback function that returns
whether or not the SMCCC feature is supported by the system.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Defines function IDs ARM_SMCCC_ARCH_FEATURES used to query SMCCC feature
support, applicable from Arm SMCCC v1.1 specification.
Defines macro ARM_SMCCC_RET_NOT_SUPPORTED as generic return identifier
for when a SMCCC feature is not supported.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Adds resources for SCMI protocols to possibly use a dedicated SCMI
channel instead of the default channel allocated by the SCMI agent
during initialization. As per DT binding documentation, some SCMI
transports can define a specific SCMI communication channel for
given SCMI protocols. It allows SCMI protocols to pass messages
concurrently each other.
This change introduces new scmi agent uclass API function
devm_scmi_of_get_channel() for SCMI drivers probe sequences to get
a reference to the SCMI channel assigned to its related SCMI protocol.
The function queries the channel reference to its SCMI transport driver
through new scmi agent uclass operator .of_get_channel that uses Device
Tree information from related SCMI agent node.
Operator .of_get_channel returns a reference to the SCMI channel
assigned to SCMI protocol used by the caller device. SCMI transport
drivers that do not support multi-channel are not mandated to register
this operator. When so, API function devm_scmi_of_get_channel() returns
NULL and SCMI transport driver are expected to retrieve by their own
means the reference to the unique SCMI channel, for example using
platform data as these drivers currently do in U-Boot source tree.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Changes SCMI driver API function devm_scmi_process_msg() to add
an SCMI channel reference argument for when SCMI agent supports
SCMI protocol specific channels. First argument of devm_scmi_process_msg()
is also change to point to the caller SCMI protocol device rather
than its parent device (the SCMI agent device).
The argument is a pointer to opaque struct scmi_channel known from
the SCMI transport drivers. It is currently unused and caller a pass
NULL value. A later change will enable such support once SCMI protocol
drivers have means to get the channel reference during initialization.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add the basic infrastructure for declaring fuzz tests and a command to
invoke them.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This new class of device will provide fuzzing inputs from a fuzzing
engine.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename the sections used to implement linker lists so they begin with
'__u_boot_list' rather than '.u_boot_list'. The double underscore at the
start is still distinct from the single underscore used by the symbol
names.
Having a '.' in the section names conflicts with clang's ASAN
instrumentation which tries to add redzones between the linker list
elements, causing expected accesses to fail. However, clang doesn't try
to add redzones to user sections, which are names with all alphanumeric
and underscore characters.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
cp.b is used a lot as a way to load binaries to memory and execute
them, however we may need to integrate this with the efi subsystem to
set it up as a bootdev.
So, introduce a loadm command that will be consistent with the other
loadX commands and will call the efi API's.
ex: loadm $kernel_addr $kernel_addr_r $kernel_size
with this a kernel with CONFIG_EFI_STUB enabled will be loaded and
then subsequently booted with bootefi command.
Signed-off-by: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Correct livetree support in stm32mp1 boards
- Activate livetree for stm32mp15 DHSOM boards
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEzBAABCgAdFiEE56Yx6b9SnloYCWtD4rK92eCqk3UFAmKsehgACgkQ4rK92eCq
k3UexAf+JThCd7FlN3OkTVKIdZKeNm2KpQxrqt20whiqp/nSUzxXrjdlCTKZEER2
lLJoVnwr+bkmdlqsa6gAZXSsd0lUv37XnLsLA5or278tFNlKp6gzYrz49FR59mVC
ie7/NlY5FgM5qmKGCob7tjwJ78r2/S3T2EaLiAMWUmw2UB5KZU6h3napHZ+1T0se
vaEAVRzAaZeYzKU3k6RBSv2tXQ6ssvfpp9RcXpRGtrN908AqDhHiOfntuOrnsEe0
9rjY1DSXO9a5WqHRm2KQ3FrA/By2layQ+4WH/HgIPHasisnmo3E/euVWmhtTaiT/
g5bOLwyFQ2/RvdMlMxXlKUcuMfNwRA==
=Hhzj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220620' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm into next
- Add STM32MP13 SoCs support with associated board STM32M135F-DK
- Correct livetree support in stm32mp1 boards
- Activate livetree for stm32mp15 DHSOM boards
Code for changing boot source is platform generic and can be used by any
P1* and P2* compatible RDB board. Not only by boards which use config
header file p1_p2_rdb_pc.h.
So move this code from p1_p2_rdb_pc.h to p1_p2_bootsrc.h and cleanup macros
for generating boot source env variables in CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
This allows to use code for resetting board and rebooting to other boot
source also by other boards in future.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
If CONFIG_VIDEO_DM=n we query the display size from the serial console.
Especially when using a remote console the response can be so late that
it interferes with autoboot.
Only query the console size when running an EFI binary.
Add debug output showing the determined console size.
Reported-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Fixes: a57ad20d07 ("efi_loader: split efi_init_obj_list() into two stages")
Fixes: a9bf024b29 ("efi_loader: disk: a helper function to create efi_disk objects from udevice")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Replace reference to the correct name STMicroelectronics
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Remove STM32_SYSRAM_END and clean the comments in stm32mp15_common.h file
after moving some CONFIG to Kconfig: CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE,
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT, CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START and
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Depending on backup register value, U-Boot SPL maintains the debug unit
powered-on for debugging purpose; only BUCK1 is required for powering
the debug unit, so revert the setting for all the other power lanes,
except BUCK3 that has to be always on.
To be functional this patch requires a modification in the debugger
,openocd for example, to update the STM32MP15 backup register when it is
required to debug SPL after reset. After deeper analysis this behavior
will be never supported in tools so the associated code, will be never
used and the associated code can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce the code in mach-stm32mp and the configuration file
stm32mp13_defconfig for the new STM32MP family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Following Jincheng's report, an out-of-band write leading to arbitrary
code execution is possible because on one side the squashfs logic
accepts directory names up to 65535 bytes (u16), while U-Boot fs logic
accepts directory names up to 255 bytes long.
Prevent such an exploit from happening by capping directory name sizes
to 255. Use a define for this purpose so that developers can link the
limitation to its source and eventually kill it some day by dynamically
allocating this array (if ever desired).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/CALO=DHFB+yBoXxVr5KcsK0iFdg+e7ywko4-e+72kjbcS8JBfPw@mail.gmail.com
Reported-by: Jincheng Wang <jc.w4ng@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Jincheng Wang <jc.w4ng@gmail.com>
When migrating CONFIG_CONS_INDEX to Kconfig, on this platform we changed
what "board" evaluated to in the environment. This in turn meant that
we would no longer try and find the correct fdtfile via the normal
distro boot logic. Fix this by overriding board in the default
environment, as done on other platforms where CONFIG_SYS_BOARD is not
what we want to be in the board environment variable.
Fixes: f76750d111 ("Convert CONFIG_CONS_INDEX et al to Kconfig")
Reported-by: Gabriel Hojda <ghojda@yo2urs.ro>
Tested-by: Gabriel Hojda <ghojda@yo2urs.ro>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Clean up in ubiload script. Unmount UBIFS from which kernel image was
loaded and detach UBI on which the UBIFS is located, otherwise message
similar to the following is printed just before booting kernel:
Removing MTD device #7 (rootfs) with use count 1
Error when deleting partition "rootfs" (-16)
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
There is no wait_dat0 mmc ops, causing operations waiting for data
line state change (e.g mmc_switch_voltage) to fallback to a 250ms
active delay. mmc_ops still used when DM_MMC is not enabled, which
is often the case for SPL. The result can be unexpectly long SPL
boot time.
This change adds support for wait_dat0() mmc operation.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
CONFIG_SPL_RAW_IMAGE_SUPPORT default y has been used to replace
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE for quite some time, so drop
CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart3 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mm_beacon
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com> #imx8mn_beacon
Since these boards has CONFIG_DM_SERIAL and/or CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL,
the legacy macro no need to be defined.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de>
Acked-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
systemd prints its messages on the last console= statement that it finds
in the kernel arguments. The current ordering sends the systemd messages
to tty1, by default this is the display.
Ensure that systemd sends its messages to the default UART, reorder the
console= statements accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Only on the sandbox the default EFI binary name (e.g. BOOTX64.EFI) must
match the host architecture.
In all other cases we must use the target architecture.
Use #elif where appropriate.
Reported-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@reproducible-builds.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add am62x_evm_r5_defconfig for R5 SPL and am62x_evm_a53_defconfig for
A53 SPL and U-Boot support.
To keep the changes to minimum. Only UART And SD boot related configs
are included. This should serve as good starting point for new board
bringup with AM62x.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
[trini: Migrate a number of CONFIG symbols, have re-tested]
Tested-by: Georgi Vlaev <g-vlaev@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Introduce autogenerated SoC data support clk and device data for the
AM62. Hook it upto to power-domain and clk frameworks of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add pinctrl macros for AM62x SoCs. These macro definitions are similar
to that of previous platforms, but adding new definitions to avoid any
naming confusions in the SoC dts files.
checkpatch insists the following error exists:
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
However, we do not need parentheses enclosing the values for this
macro as we do intend it to generate two separate values as has been
done for other similar platforms.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
This is the initial support for Broadcom's ARM-based 47622 SOC.
In this change, our first SOC is an armv7 platform called 47622. The
initial support includes a bare-bone implementation and dts with ARM
PL011 uart.
The SOC-specific code resides in arch/arm/mach-bcmbca/<soc> and board
related code is in board/broadcom/bcmba.
The u-boot image can be loaded from flash or network to the entry
point address in the memory and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: William Zhang <william.zhang@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kursad Oney <kursad.oney@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Anand Gore <anand.gore@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
This adds support for "nvmem cells" as seen in Linux. The nvmem device
class in Linux is used for various assorted ROMs and EEPROMs. In this
sense, it is similar to UCLASS_MISC, but also includes
UCLASS_I2C_EEPROM, UCLASS_RTC, and UCLASS_MTD. New drivers corresponding
to a Linux-style nvmem device should be implemented as one of the
previously-mentioned uclasses. The nvmem API acts as a compatibility
layer to adapt the (slightly different) APIs of these uclasses. It also
handles the lookup of nvmem cells.
While nvmem devices can be accessed directly, they are most often used
by reading/writing contiguous values called "cells". Cells typically
hold information like calibration, versions, or configuration (such as
mac addresses).
nvmem devices can specify "cells" in their device tree:
qfprom: eeprom@700000 {
#address-cells = <1>;
#size-cells = <1>;
reg = <0x00700000 0x100000>;
/* ... */
tsens_calibration: calib@404 {
reg = <0x404 0x10>;
};
};
which can then be referenced like:
tsens {
/* ... */
nvmem-cells = <&tsens_calibration>;
nvmem-cell-names = "calibration";
};
The tsens driver could then read the calibration value like:
struct nvmem_cell cal_cell;
u8 cal[16];
nvmem_cell_get_by_name(dev, "calibration", &cal_cell);
nvmem_cell_read(&cal_cell, cal, sizeof(cal));
Because nvmem devices are not all of the same uclass, supported uclasses
must register a nvmem_interface struct. This allows CONFIG_NVMEM to be
enabled without depending on specific uclasses. At the moment,
nvmem_interface is very bare-bones, and assumes that no initialization
is necessary. However, this could be amended in the future.
Although I2C_EEPROM and MISC are quite similar (and could likely be
unified), they present different read/write function signatures. To
abstract over this, NVMEM uses the same read/write signature as Linux.
In particular, short read/writes are not allowed, which is allowed by
MISC.
The functionality implemented by nvmem cells is very similar to that
provided by i2c_eeprom_partition. "fixed-partition"s for eeproms does
not seem to have made its way into Linux or into any device tree other
than sandbox. It is possible that with the introduction of this API it
would be possible to remove it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Add some fallback functions for when i2c_eeprom is disabled. This allows
code to reference i2c_eeprom_* functions without needing to check
whether support has been compiled in.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
i2c_eeprom_ops->write uses a const buf, so use one for the wrapper
function as well.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When the device returns used buffers, it should refer to the descriptor
that is the head of the descriptor chain for that buffer. Confirm this
to be the case by tracking the head of descriptor chains that have been
made available to the device.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The shared descriptors should only be written by the guest driver,
however, the device is still able to overwrite and corrupt them.
Maintain a private shadow copy of the descriptors for the driver to
use for state tracking, removing the need to read from the shared
descriptors.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow to compile assembler files in SPL build which calls WATCHDOG_RESET
function when watchdog is disabled in SPL and enabled in U-Boot proper.
This issue was fixed in past by commit 7fbd42f5af ("watchdog: Handle SPL
build with watchdog disabled") for C source files, but not for assembler
source files.
Currently the only assembler source file which calls WATCHDOG_RESET is
arch/powerpc/lib/ticks.S, so this patch affects and fixes powerpc SPL
builds.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
rootwait=1 is not a valid kernel boot parameters. According
to the documenation is only rootwait
rootwait [KNL] Wait (indefinitely) for root device to show up.
Useful for devices that are detected asynchronously
(e.g. USB and MMC devices).
Fix:
Unknown kernel command line parameters "rootwait=1", will be passed to user space.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The bi_enetaddr field in struct bd_info is write-only; nothing ever
reads back the value.
Moreover, the value we write is more or less random, and certainly not
something one can rely on: If the board has a writable environment and
the mac address has been stored there, we fetch that value. But if the
board doesn't, this code runs before initr_net() -> eth_initialize(),
and thus before the code in eth-uclass which fetches MAC addresses
from eeprom, fuses or whatnot and populates the (run-time) environment
with those values.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Static events do not currently work post-relocation for boards that enable
CONFIG_NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC. Relocate event handler pointers for all event
spies to fix this.
Tested on Microblaze.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovpanait@gmail.com>
CONFIG_DM_EVENT without CONFIG_EVENT is non-functional.
Let CONFIG_DM_EVENT depend on CONFIG_EVENT.
Remove superfluous stub in include/event.h.
Fixes: 5b896ed585 ("event: Add events for device probe/remove")
Reported-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE was made obsolete by
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_{SPI,MMC,SATA,UART}.
CONFIG_MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_SPI is the default so existing users of
CONFIG_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE can simply have the option removed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_FIXED_SDHCI_ALIGNED_BUFFER is needed on some Marvell SoCs when
booting from MMC. All existing usages of this have the same value so
make this the default and have the Kconfig option depend on SPL &&
MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_MMC.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some cases, when we don't use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK nor are we on
PowerPC using their specific SPL/TPL framework, we need to specify the
start.S file to use for these typically very constrained systems. Do
this within the Makefile logic, rather than introducing a string-based
CONFIG option, as this would get slightly complex to do in Kconfig for a
very limited number of users.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The address where the device tree will be passed in to U-Boot at is now
moved to the Kconfig file. If this is user configurable, it needs to be
exposed rather than hidden, and should probably be renamed as well.
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_ARGS_ADDR
In doing so, we also consistently use this variable for SPL_OS_BOOT and
not CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is mostly unused. In the case where it is currently used, it means
the same as CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO, which is already set for the platform.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
We introduce a default value here as well, and CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC to
control if we have a malloc pool or not.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_MALLOC_ADDR
CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_MALLOC_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the Kconfig entry to have the correct defaults for i.MX7
platforms, and move the existing large comment from imx7_spl.h to
doc/imx/common/imx7.txt so that it's not lost.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the Kconfig entry to have the correct defaults for i.MX6
platforms, and move the existing large comment from imx6_spl.h to
doc/imx/common/imx6.txt so that it's not lost.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Make all users of CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR reference SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
- Introduce HAS_CUSTOM_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR to allow for setting the stack
pointer directly, otherwise we use the common calculation.
- On some platforms that were using the standard calculation but did not
set CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR, set them.
- On a small number of platforms that were not subtracting
GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE do so now via the standard calculation.
- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET is now widely unused, so remove it from most
board config header files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG symbols today that are of the form:
SYM1 = CONST1 + CONST2
or other static math operations (shifts, etc). The issue is that by
moving these to Kconfig we no longer have the ability to calculate these
values, so they become less flexible and useful. It's also the case
that sometimes a platform will just define SYM1 directly or perform a
slightly different set of calculations. We introduce this header now to
have a place to start to handle these cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE to tell us how large the generated
global data is, so do not use a hard-coded value of 1024 for it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the places where PowerPC references CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET it
does so as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET). And
it defines CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET in the same manner that other
architectures define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET. Other architectures
define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET) typically. Rename things within PowerPC for
consistency with other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is only referenced by PowerPC code in a way other than
directly as CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Switch to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This value is only referenced by PowerPC code in a way other than
directly as CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR. Switch to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR
directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some cases, we define CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR differently for SPL or
full U-Boot. This case should be making use of CONFIG_SPL_STACK, as
that's what that variable is for. In a few other cases we define
CONFIG_SPL_STACK directly to CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_ADDR, but do not need to
as the code handles this correctly, normally.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The definition of CONFIG_SPL_BOOTROM_SAVE is always a fixed
CONFIG_SPL_STACK + 4, while CONFIG_SPL_STACK is not constant. This
change will make it clear where the location is still, once
CONFIG_SPL_STACK moves to Kconfig.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of PowerPC platforms define this, for SPL. To move this to
Kconfig, it needs to be CONFIG_SPL_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE, so use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to check for usage. A number of layerscape
platforms bring this logic from PowerPC, but only need a small part of
it, for the fman driver. Remove their unused portion at least.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
The problem here is that a few platforms have been doing:
#ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
#define CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
#endif
instead of defining CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE directly. Correct this
and update the documentation in a few places to match usage.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
Note that the da850evm platforms were violating the "only use one" rule
here, and so now hard-code their BSS limit.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
CONFIG_TPL_MAX_SIZE
Note that we need to make TPL_MAX_SIZE be hex, and so move and convert the
existing places.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
CONFIG_SPL_FLUSH_IMAGE
CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is only referenced in non-SPL_DM cases, of which there are
currently none. Remove this option and slightly re-organize the code is
there is now never an if/else at the start of spl_sata_load_image()
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is always defined to 2, and referenced in two places. Move the
define to <asm/omap_common.h> and make sure the code that uses this
includes that file. Make <asm/arch-omap*/clock.h> not include that
file, as we don't need to be doing so.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Nicolas Bidron and Nicolas Guigo reported the two bugs below:
"
----------BUG 1----------
In compiled versions of U-Boot that define CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG, a value of
`ip->ip_len` (IP packet header's Total Length) higher than `IP_HDR_SIZE`
and strictly lower than `IP_HDR_SIZE+8` will lead to a value for `len`
comprised between `0` and `7`. This will ultimately result in a
truncated division by `8` resulting value of `0` forcing the hole
metadata and fragment to point to the same location. The subsequent
memcopy will overwrite the hole metadata with the fragment data. Through
a second fragment, this can be exploited to write to an arbitrary offset
controlled by that overwritten hole metadata value.
This bug is only exploitable locally as it requires crafting two packets
the first of which would most likely be dropped through routing due to
its unexpectedly low Total Length. However, this bug can potentially be
exploited to root linux based embedded devices locally.
```C
static struct ip_udp_hdr *__net_defragment(struct ip_udp_hdr *ip, int *lenp)
{
static uchar pkt_buff[IP_PKTSIZE] __aligned(PKTALIGN);
static u16 first_hole, total_len;
struct hole *payload, *thisfrag, *h, *newh;
struct ip_udp_hdr *localip = (struct ip_udp_hdr *)pkt_buff;
uchar *indata = (uchar *)ip;
int offset8, start, len, done = 0;
u16 ip_off = ntohs(ip->ip_off);
/* payload starts after IP header, this fragment is in there */
payload = (struct hole *)(pkt_buff + IP_HDR_SIZE);
offset8 = (ip_off & IP_OFFS);
thisfrag = payload + offset8;
start = offset8 * 8;
len = ntohs(ip->ip_len) - IP_HDR_SIZE;
```
The last line of the previous excerpt from `u-boot/net/net.c` shows how
the attacker can control the value of `len` to be strictly lower than
`8` by issuing a packet with `ip_len` between `21` and `27`
(`IP_HDR_SIZE` has a value of `20`).
Also note that `offset8` here is `0` which leads to `thisfrag = payload`.
```C
} else if (h >= thisfrag) {
/* overlaps with initial part of the hole: move this hole */
newh = thisfrag + (len / 8);
*newh = *h;
h = newh;
if (h->next_hole)
payload[h->next_hole].prev_hole = (h - payload);
if (h->prev_hole)
payload[h->prev_hole].next_hole = (h - payload);
else
first_hole = (h - payload);
} else {
```
Lower down the same function, execution reaches the above code path.
Here, `len / 8` evaluates to `0` leading to `newh = thisfrag`. Also note
that `first_hole` here is `0` since `h` and `payload` point to the same
location.
```C
/* finally copy this fragment and possibly return whole packet */
memcpy((uchar *)thisfrag, indata + IP_HDR_SIZE, len);
```
Finally, in the above excerpt the `memcpy` overwrites the hole metadata
since `thisfrag` and `h` both point to the same location. The hole
metadata is effectively overwritten with arbitrary data from the
fragmented IP packet data. If `len` was crafted to be `6`, `last_byte`,
`next_hole`, and `prev_hole` of the `first_hole` can be controlled by
the attacker.
Finally the arbitrary offset write occurs through a second fragment that
only needs to be crafted to write data in the hole pointed to by the
previously controlled hole metadata (`next_hole`) from the first packet.
### Recommendation
Handle cases where `len` is strictly lower than 8 by preventing the
overwrite of the hole metadata during the memcpy of the fragment. This
could be achieved by either:
* Moving the location where the hole metadata is stored when `len` is
lower than `8`.
* Or outright rejecting fragmented IP datagram with a Total Length
(`ip_len`) lower than 28 bytes which is the minimum valid fragmented IP
datagram size (as defined as the minimum fragment of 8 octets in the IP
Specification Document:
[RFC791](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc791) page 25).
----------BUG 2----------
In compiled versions of U-Boot that define CONFIG_IP_DEFRAG, a value of
`ip->ip_len` (IP packet header's Total Length) lower than `IP_HDR_SIZE`
will lead to a negative value for `len` which will ultimately result in
a buffer overflow during the subsequent `memcpy` that uses `len` as it's
`count` parameter.
This bug is only exploitable on local ethernet as it requires crafting
an invalid packet to include an unexpected `ip_len` value in the IP UDP
header that's lower than the minimum accepted Total Length of a packet
(21 as defined in the IP Specification Document:
[RFC791](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc791)). Such packet
would in all likelihood be dropped while being routed to its final
destination through most routing equipment and as such requires the
attacker to be in a local position in order to be exploited.
```C
static struct ip_udp_hdr *__net_defragment(struct ip_udp_hdr *ip, int *lenp)
{
static uchar pkt_buff[IP_PKTSIZE] __aligned(PKTALIGN);
static u16 first_hole, total_len;
struct hole *payload, *thisfrag, *h, *newh;
struct ip_udp_hdr *localip = (struct ip_udp_hdr *)pkt_buff;
uchar *indata = (uchar *)ip;
int offset8, start, len, done = 0;
u16 ip_off = ntohs(ip->ip_off);
/* payload starts after IP header, this fragment is in there */
payload = (struct hole *)(pkt_buff + IP_HDR_SIZE);
offset8 = (ip_off & IP_OFFS);
thisfrag = payload + offset8;
start = offset8 * 8;
len = ntohs(ip->ip_len) - IP_HDR_SIZE;
```
The last line of the previous excerpt from `u-boot/net/net.c` shows
where the underflow to a negative `len` value occurs if `ip_len` is set
to a value strictly lower than 20 (`IP_HDR_SIZE` being 20). Also note
that in the above excerpt the `pkt_buff` buffer has a size of
`CONFIG_NET_MAXDEFRAG` which defaults to 16 KB but can range from 1KB to
64 KB depending on configurations.
```C
/* finally copy this fragment and possibly return whole packet */
memcpy((uchar *)thisfrag, indata + IP_HDR_SIZE, len);
```
In the above excerpt the `memcpy` overflows the destination by
attempting to make a copy of nearly 4 gigabytes in a buffer that's
designed to hold `CONFIG_NET_MAXDEFRAG` bytes at most which leads to a DoS.
### Recommendation
Stop processing of the packet if `ip_len` is lower than 21 (as defined
by the minimum length of a data carrying datagram in the IP
Specification Document:
[RFC791](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc791) page 34)."
Add a check for ip_len lesser than 28 and stop processing the packet
in this case.
Such a check covers the two reported bugs.
Reported-by: Nicolas Bidron <nicolas.bidron@nccgroup.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This commit fixes the following compile warnings
for the documentation.
./include/charset.h:276: warning: Function parameter or member 'size' not described in 'u16_strlcat'
./include/charset.h:276: warning: Excess function parameter 'count' description in 'u16_strlcat'
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This helper function will be used to determine if the device is
removable media, initially for handling a short-path loading.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Set kernel_comp_addr_r and kernel_comp_size for compressed kernel.
Adjust existing addresses for ramdisk, so that kernel_comp_addr_r
comes before the ramdisk image, since the decompressed kernel size
is known to us. This way we can allow big ramdisk image to be loaded.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Set kernel_comp_addr_r and kernel_comp_size for compressed kernel.
Adjust existing addresses for ramdisk, so that kernel_comp_addr_r
comes before the ramdisk image, since the decompressed kernel size
is known to us. This way we can allow big ramdisk image to be loaded.
Update unleashed.rst to remove the manual environment configuration
for compressed kernel boot.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Move kernel_comp_addr_r to an address that comes before the ramdisk
image, since the decompressed kernel size is known to us. This way
we can allow big ramdisk image to be loaded.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
zynqmp:
- Fix DP PLL configuration for zcu102/zcu106 and SOM
- Fix split mode for starting R5s
- DT fixes
- Remove firmware node for mini configurations
- Wire TEE for multi DTB fit image
xilinx:
- Handle board_get_usable_ram_top(0) properly
phy:
- Extend psgtr timeout
mmc:
- Fix mini configuration which misses zynqmp_pm_is_function_supported()
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iF0EABECAB0WIQQbPNTMvXmYlBPRwx7KSWXLKUoMIQUCYo4bYwAKCRDKSWXLKUoM
IYmTAJ9t4GDXggJ7ErB3Kk7/qSrywjEGAgCgnKQVgQvjo1B6o5aiwbk1wR86zkQ=
=W7X8
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2022.07-rc4' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2022.07-rc4
zynqmp:
- Fix DP PLL configuration for zcu102/zcu106 and SOM
- Fix split mode for starting R5s
- DT fixes
- Remove firmware node for mini configurations
- Wire TEE for multi DTB fit image
xilinx:
- Handle board_get_usable_ram_top(0) properly
phy:
- Extend psgtr timeout
mmc:
- Fix mini configuration which misses zynqmp_pm_is_function_supported()
The bulk of it is (finally!) some DT sync from the kernel. We refrained
from syncing one incompatible change, as this would spoil booting Linux
kernels before v5.13 with U-Boot's DT (via UEFI, for instance).
I test booted Linux v5.18 and v5.4 with that new DT on some boards, and
the headless peripherals (MMC, USB, Ethernet) seemed to work.
The rest are fixes:
- silencing missing clock warnings due to the new pinctrl driver
- fixing "UART0 on PortF", allowing UART access through the SD card pins
- add an F1C100s clock driver, to enable MMC support (SPI comes later)
- some cleanups for CONS_INDEX_n in Kconfig
Tested on BananaPi-M1, Pine64-LTS, Pine-H64, X96-Mate (H616) and
OrangePi-Zero.
Some devices enumerate various clocks in their DT, and many drivers
just blanketly try to enable all of them. This creates problems
since we only model a few gate clocks, and the clock driver outputs
a warning when a clock is not described:
=========
sunxi_set_gate: (CLK#3) unhandled
=========
Some clocks don't have an enable bit, or are already enabled in a
different way, so we might want to just ignore them.
Add a CCU_CLK_F_DUMMY_GATE flag that indicates that case, and define
a GATE_DUMMY macro that can be used in the clock description array.
Define a few clocks, used by some pinctrl devices, that way to suppress
the runtime warnings.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Use the de10-nano files as templates for the de10-standard board.
The files in qts directory are generated by quartus from the GHRD
design.
Signed-off-by: Humberto Naves <hsnaves@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
commit ffb0f6f488 ("treewide: Rename PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to
PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA") broke the phy_string_for_interface function.
Fix it.
Fixes ffb0f6f488 ("treewide: Rename PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Now, spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() relies on DT for spi speed and mode
and logically calls spi_get_bus_and_cs(). In case spi mode and speed are
not read from DT, make usage of spi_flash_probe() instead.
To sum-up:
- Previous call tree was:
spi_flash_probe() -> spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() -> spi_get_bus_and_cs()
- Current call tree is:
spi_flash_probe() -> _spi_get_bus_and_cs()
spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() -> spi_get_bus_and_cs()
This patch impacts the following :
- cmd/sf.c: if spi mode and/or speed is passed in argument of
do_spi_flash_probe(), call spi_flash_probe() otherwise call
spi_flash_probe_bus_cs().
- drivers/net/fm/fm.c: as by default spi speed and mode was set to
0 and a comment indicates that speed and mode are read from DT,
use spi_flash_probe_bus_cs().
- drivers/net/pfe_eth/pfe_firmware.c: spi speed and mode are not read
from DT by all platforms using this driver, so keep legacy and replace
spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() by spi_flash_probe();
- drivers/net/sni_netsec.c : spi speed and mode are not read from DT,
so replace spi_flash_probe_bus_cs() by spi_flash_probe().
- drivers/usb/gadget/max3420_udc.c: Can't find any platform which make
usage of this driver, nevertheless, keep legacy and replace
spi_get_bus_and_cs() by _spi_get_bus_and_cs().
- env/sf.c: a comment indicates that speed and mode are read
from DT. So use spi_flash_probe_bus_cs().
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: "Pali Rohár" <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Cc: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Anji J <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Cc: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Chaitanya Sakinam <chaitanya.sakinam@nxp.com>
Move legacy spi_get_bus_and_cs() code to _spi_get_bus_and_cs().
Add new spi_get_bus_and_cs() implementation which rely on DT
for speed and mode and don't need any drv_name nor dev_name
parameters. This will prepare the ground for next patch.
Update all callers to use _spi_get_bus_and_cs() to keep the
same behavior.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: "Pali Rohár" <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Cc: Igal Liberman <igall@marvell.com>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Anji J <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Cc: Biwen Li <biwen.li@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Chaitanya Sakinam <chaitanya.sakinam@nxp.com>
Add support for DH electronics i.MX8M Plus DHCOM SoM on PDK2 carrier board.
Currently supported are serial console, EQoS and FEC ethernets, eMMC, SD,
SPI NOR and USB 3.0 host.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Some devicetree updates make use of newly-exposed clocks and resets.
To support that, copy the binding headers from the Linux v5.18-rc1 tag.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Use phy address from device tree instead of CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR from
board header. This is required, because the DH picoITX and DRC02 boards
require different settings than PDK2. The corresponding 'phy-handle'
device tree properties are already there.
I tested this change on picoITX and DRC02, but on PDK2 it is untested.
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
Add PCA9450 regulator driver. This is complementary driver for the BUCKn
and LDOn regulators provided by the PCA9450 PMIC driver. Currently the
driver permits reading the settngs and configuring the BUCKn and LDOn
regulators.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The Bosch ACC (Air Center Control) Board is based on the i.MX6D.
The device tree is copied from Linux, see [1]. The only difference
compared to the Linux DT is the removal of usbphynop properties. They are
defined in the Linux version of imx6qdl.dtsi, but not in the u-boot
version.
[1] Commit 6192cf8ac082 from
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/shawnguo/linux.git
Signed-off-by: Philip Oberfichtner <pro@denx.de>
When the device tree indicates support for role switching through
the "usb-role-switch" property, take the "role-switch-default-mode"
property into account when deciding which role to put the
controller into.
This makes USB devices work on Apple M1 systems where the device
tree may include a "dr_mode" property that is set to "otg", but
where we need to put the controller into "host" mode to see
devices connected to the type-C ports.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Enable CONFIG_SPL_DM_SERIAL. uart and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Move preloader_console_init after spl_early_init to make sure driver
model work.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_DM_SERIAL. uart2 and its pinmux was already
marked with u-boot,dm-spl.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC is defined in the imx-regs.h include file and thus
does not need to be defined in the various board config includes.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The IMX8MP SoC FEC needs to have the FEC_QUIRK_ENET_MAC defined.
Fixes: commit 2395625209 ("board: gateworks: venice: add imx8mp-venice-gw740x support")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The IMX8M based Venice boards all have device-tree fec nodes that
use proper dt with a phy-handle pointing to a phy with reg assigned
to the proper phy address.
There is no need to keep using the CONFIG_FEC_MXC_PHYADDR hack when
a proper dt is used - remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Introduce helper macro UART_BASE_ADDR(n), which returns Nth UART base
address. Convert all board configurations to this new macro. This is the
first step toward switching CONFIG_MXC_UART_BASE to Kconfig. This is a
clean up, no functional change.
The new macro contains compile-time test to verify N is in suitable
range. The test works such that it multiplies constant N by constant
double-negation of size of a non-empty structure, i.e. it multiplies
constant N by constant 1 in each successful compilation case.
The non-empty structure may contain C11 _Static_assert(), make use of
this and place the kernel variant of static assert in there, so that
it performs the compile-time check for N in the correct range. Note
that it is not possible to directly use static_assert in compound
statements, hence this convoluted construct.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Introduce helper macro UART_BASE_ADDR(n), which returns Nth UART base
address. Convert all board configurations to this new macro. This is the
first step toward switching CONFIG_MXC_UART_BASE to Kconfig. This is a
clean up, no functional change.
The new macro contains compile-time test to verify N is in suitable
range. The test works such that it multiplies constant N by constant
double-negation of size of a non-empty structure, i.e. it multiplies
constant N by constant 1 in each successful compilation case.
The non-empty structure may contain C11 _Static_assert(), make use of
this and place the kernel variant of static assert in there, so that
it performs the compile-time check for N in the correct range. Note
that it is not possible to directly use static_assert in compound
statements, hence this convoluted construct.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
RNG Hardware error is reported due to incorrect entropy delay
rng self test are run to determine the correct ent_dly.
test is executed with different voltage and temperature to identify the
worst case value for ent_dly. after adding a margin value(1000),
ent_dly should be at least 12000.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
STM32 programmer improvements
video: support several LTDC HW versions and fix data enable polarity
board: fix stboard error message, consider USB cable connected when boot device is USB
configs: stm32mp1: set console variable for extlinux.conf
configs: stm32mp1: add support for baudrate higher than 115200 for ST-Link
ARM: stm32mp: Fix Silicon version handling and ft_system_setup()
phy: stm32-usbphyc: Add DT phy tuning support
arm: dts: stm32mp15: alignment with v5.18
ram: Conditionally enable ASR
mach-stm32mp: psci: retain MCUDIVR, PLL3CR, PLL4CR, MSSCKSELR across suspend
configs: Use TFTP_TSIZE on DHSOM and STMicroelectronics boards
ARM: stm32: Use default CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE on DHSOM
pinctrl: stm32: rework GPIO holes management
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=s7xn
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'u-boot-stm32-20220510' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-stm
Add new STM32 MCU boards and Documentation
STM32 programmer improvements
video: support several LTDC HW versions and fix data enable polarity
board: fix stboard error message, consider USB cable connected when boot device is USB
configs: stm32mp1: set console variable for extlinux.conf
configs: stm32mp1: add support for baudrate higher than 115200 for ST-Link
ARM: stm32mp: Fix Silicon version handling and ft_system_setup()
phy: stm32-usbphyc: Add DT phy tuning support
arm: dts: stm32mp15: alignment with v5.18
ram: Conditionally enable ASR
mach-stm32mp: psci: retain MCUDIVR, PLL3CR, PLL4CR, MSSCKSELR across suspend
configs: Use TFTP_TSIZE on DHSOM and STMicroelectronics boards
ARM: stm32: Use default CONFIG_TFTP_BLOCKSIZE on DHSOM
pinctrl: stm32: rework GPIO holes management
As stm32f46-disco, stm32f769-disco and stm32746g-eval are very similar
except their respective device tree file. These 3 boards uses the same
TARGET_STM32F746_DISCO flag (so same include/configs/stm32f746-disco.h
and same board file board/st/stm32f746-disco/stm32f746-disco.c)
To be able to compile these 3 boards, replace the hard-coded device-tree
name in include/configs/stm32f746-disco.h by CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE
which is set in each board defconfig file with the correct value.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
This allows to concatenate spl and u-boot binaries together.
Previously, both binaries has to be flashed separately at the correct
offset (spl at offset 0 and u-boot at offset 0x8000).
With this patch, only one binary is generated (u-boot-with-spl.bin)
and has to be copied in flash at offset 0 using openocd for example
or simply copied in exported mass storage.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On STMicroelectronics boards, the UART can reliably go up to
2000000 bauds when connected to the on-board ST-LINK-V2 for STM32MP15
Unfortunately U-Boot will fall back to 115200 unless higher rates are
declared via CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE.
This patch add the support of higher baudrates on STMicroelectronics
boards with ST-LINK.
Cc: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Set the environment variable "console", used in extlinux.conf file when it
is generated by YOCTO distribution with:
UBOOT_EXTLINUX_CONSOLE ??= "console=${console},${baudrate}"
With these 2 variables, U-Boot give dynamically the used console and
baudrate in the Linux kernel bootargs.
For the STMicroelectronics boards, the used console is ttySTM0.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The TPS65219 I2S PMIC features 3 Buck converters and 4 linear regulators,
2 GPOs, 1 GPIO, and 3 multi-function-pin.
This adds the PMIC driver, loading the regulator sub-nodes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
For CONFIG_DM_SERIAL it is required to increase CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN as
default value is not enough for memory hungry CONFIG_DM_SERIAL code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Merlijn Wajer <merlijn@wizzup.org>
UEFI:
* Fix build errors due to
- using sed with non-standard extension for regular expression
- target architecture not recognized for CROSS_COMPILE=armv7a-*
- CONFIG_EVENT not selected
* add sha384/512 on certificate revocation
Others:
* factor out the user input handling in bootmenu command
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Kdu1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc3-2' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc3-2
UEFI:
* Fix build errors due to
- using sed with non-standard extension for regular expression
- target architecture not recognized for CROSS_COMPILE=armv7a-*
- CONFIG_EVENT not selected
* add sha384/512 on certificate revocation
Others:
* factor out the user input handling in bootmenu command
Currently we don't support sha384/512 for the X.509 certificate
in dbx. Moreover if we come across such a hash we skip the check
and approve the image, although the image might needs to be rejected.
Rework the code a bit and fix it by adding an array of structs with the
supported GUIDs, len and literal used in the U-Boot crypto APIs instead
of hardcoding the GUID types.
It's worth noting here that efi_hash_regions() can now be reused from
efi_signature_lookup_digest() and add sha348/512 support there as well
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit moves the user input handling from cmd/bootmenu.c
to common/menu.c to reuse it from other modules.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If a gpt table is corrupted (after a power cut
for example), then the gpt table should repaired.
The function gpt_repair_headers check if at least
one gpt table is valid, and then only write the
corrupted gpt table.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
We currently overflow due to wrong types used internally in rtc_mktime,
on all platforms, and we return a too small type on 32-bit.
One consumer that directly benefits from this is mktime64. Many others
may still store the result in a wrong type.
While at it, drop the redundant cast of mon in rtc_mktime (obsoleted by
714209832d).
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Currently, in case of arm64 bootloader and U-Boot the stack pointer is
initialized at an offset of NON_SECURE_MSRAM_SIZE from arm64 SPL's text
base address. After jumping to arm64, execution is done out of DDR.
Therefore, having an offset corresponding to the size of MSRAM does not
have any significance.
Instead, initialize the stack pointer after an offset of 4MB from the SPL
text base address. This helps in allocating larger memory for stack.
┌────────────────────┐0x80080000
│ │
│ arm64 SPL │
├────────────────────┤
│ ▲ │
│ │ │
│ STACK │
├────────────────────┤0x80480000
│ Memory for Load │
│ Buffer Allocation │
├────────────────────┤0x80800000
│ │
│ U-Boot Image │
│ │
└────────────────────┘
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add clock controller driver for NPCM750
Signed-off-by: Jim Liu <JJLIU0@nuvoton.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanley Chu <yschu@nuvoton.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
* Test
Unit test for 'bootmenu' command
* UEFI
Preparatory patches for implementing a UEFI boot options based menu
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=bl7A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc2-2' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc2-2
* Test
Unit test for 'bootmenu' command
* UEFI
Preparatory patches for implementing a UEFI boot options based menu
Add helper to resolve PHY node from it's ofnode via DM MDIO subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch enables the Kconfig symbols needed for full ethernet support
on the EBB7304. Also the PHY autonegotiation timeout is increased, as
the default 5 seconds are sometime a bit short. With this, ethernet can
be used on this board. Here an example of a tftp load:
=> tftp ffffffff81000000 big
ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e0000000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete....... done
Using ethernet-mac-nexus@11800e0000000 device
TFTP from server 192.168.1.5; our IP address is 192.168.1.243
Filename 'big'.
Load address: 0xffffffff81000000
Loading: ################################################## 10 MiB
13.2 MiB/s
done
Bytes transferred = 10485760 (a00000 hex)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch moves CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET to a higher address so that
it does not interfere with larger U-Boot images. This was noticed, while
adding network support to the EBB7304 board.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a mask parameter to control the lookup of the PCI region from which
the mapping can be made.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add mask parameter and reorder length parameter to match the other PCI
address conversion functions. Using PCI_REGION_TYPE as the mask gives
the old behaviour.
It's converted from a macro to an inline function as the length
parameter is now used twice, but should only be calculated once.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When converting addresses, apply a mask to the region flags during
lookup. This allows the caller to specify which flags are important and
which are not, for example to exclude system memory regions.
The behaviour of the function is changed such that they don't
preferentially search for a non-system memory region. However, system
memory regions are added after other regions in decode_regions() leading
to a similar outcome.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Evolve dm_pci_map_bar() to include an offset and length parameter. These
allow a portion of the memory to be mapped and range checks to be
applied.
Passing both the offset and length as zero results in the previous
behaviour and this is used to migrate the previous callers.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When converting between PCI bus and physical addresses, include a length
parameter that can be used to check that the entire range fits within
one of the PCI regions. This prevents an address being returned that
might be only partially valid for the range it is going to be used for.
Where the range check is not wanted, passing a length of 0 will have the
same behaviour as before this change.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The flags parameter of dm_pci_map_bar() is used for PCI region flags
rather than memory mapping flags. Fix the type to match that of the
region flags and stop using the regions flags as memory mapping flags.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Under the current implementation, booting from removable media using
a architecture-specific default image name, say BOOTAA64.EFI, is
supported only in distro_bootcmd script. See the commit 74522c898b
("efi_loader: Add distro boot script for removable media").
This is, however, half-baked implementation because
1) UEFI specification requires this feature to be implemented as part
of Boot Manager's responsibility:
3 - Boot Manager
3.5.1 Boot via the Simple File Protocol
When booting via the EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL, the FilePath will
start with a device path that points to the device that implements the
EFI_SIMPLE_FILE_SYSTEM_PROTOCOL or the EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL. The next
part of the FilePath may point to the file name, including
subdirectories, which contain the bootable image. If the file name is
a null device path, the file name must be generated from the rules
defined below.
...
3.5.1.1 Removable Media Boot Behavior
To generate a file name when none is present in the FilePath, the
firmware must append a default file name in the form
\EFI\BOOT\BOOT{machine type short-name}.EFI ...
2) So (1) entails the hehavior that the user's preference of boot media
order should be determined by Boot#### and BootOrder variables.
With this patch, the semantics mentioned above is fully implemented.
For example, if you want to boot the system from USB and SCSI in this
order,
* define Boot0001 which contains only a device path to the USB device
(without any file path/name)
* define Boot0002 which contains only a device path to the SCSI device,
and
* set BootOrder to Boot0001:Boot0002
To avoid build error for sandbox, default file name "BOOTSANDBOX.efi"
is defined even if it is out of scope of UEFI specification.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
On sandbox use binary name corresponding to host architecture.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This function will be used in the next commit where some behavior
of EFI boot manager will be expanded.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Provide u16 string version of strlcat().
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
To quote the author:
U-Boot provides a verified-boot feature based around FIT, but there is
no standard way of implementing it for a board. At present the various
required pieces must be built up separately, to produce a working
implementation. In particular, there is no built-in support for selecting
A/B boot or recovery mode.
This series introduces VPL, a verified program loader phase for U-Boot.
Its purpose is to run the verified-boot process and decide which SPL
binary should be run. It is critical that this decision happens before
SPL runs, since SPL sets up SDRAM and we need to be able to update the
SDRAM-init code in the field.
Adding VPL into the boot flow provides a standard place to implement
verified boot. This series includes the phase itself, some useful Kconfig
options and a sandbox_vpl build for sandbox. No verfied-boot support is
provided in this series.
Most of the patches in this series are fixes and improvements to docs and
various Kconfig conditions for SPL.
Add support for VPL, a new phase of U-Boot. This runs after TPL. It is
responsible for selecting which SPL binary to run, based on a
verified-boot process.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Zyxel NSA310s board has the network chip Marvell Alaska 88E1318S.
Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310 driver to bring
up Ethernet.
- Use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Remove CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Add phy mode RGMII to kirkwood-nsa310s.dts
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/zyxel/nsa310s/nsa310s.h, add support for large USB and SATA HDDs,
use BIT macro, add/cleanup comments, and cosmetic changes.
Note that this patch is depended on the following patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20220412201820.10291-1-mibodhi@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
U-Boot for Turris Omnia is always compiled with MMC, SCSI and USB support,
so always enable macros for booting from these devices.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
CONFIG_ETHPRIME defines primary ethernet device and env variable $ethact
stores currently active ethernet device.
So there is no point to set ethact= in default environment. Instead set
CONFIG_ETHPRIME properly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This function is empty, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Introduce DM_FLAG_PROBE_AFTER_BIND flag, which can be set by driver or
uclass in .bind(), to indicate such driver instance should be probe()d
once binding of all devices is complete.
This is useful in case the driver determines that hardware initialization
is mandatory on boot, and such initialization happens only in probe().
This also solves the inability to call device_probe() from .bind().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Replace hardcoded i2c hex values for NOR banks by named SW macros in
map_lowernorbank/map_uppernorbank env commands.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Replace hardcoded boot i2c bus num and address by existing macros when
generating env for CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
Same macros are used in U-Boot board code when reading information from
boot i2c data.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Do not stringify env $vscfw_addr two times (once implicitly via string
operator "" and second time explicitly via __stringify() macro) and allow
to compile U-Boot without CONFIG_VSC7385_ENET (when __VSCFW_ADDR was not
defined and so macro name was stringified into CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
As written in comment, P2020 has two possible SD switch configurations.
Extend code to detect both of them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
With the commit that moves the BOOTCOMMAND to Kconfig:
970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
some stray ifdefs have been left in the header files which
are now useless.
Clean up the include files to remove these lines.
Fixes: 970bf8603b ("Convert CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND et al to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
As removal of nds32 has been ack'd for the Linux kernel, remove support
here as well.
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
To quote the author:
The bootflow feature provide a built-in way for U-Boot to automatically
boot an Operating System without custom scripting and other customisation.
This is called 'standard boot' since it provides a standard way for
U-Boot to boot a distro, without scripting.
It introduces the following concepts:
- bootdev - a device which can hold a distro
- bootmeth - a method to scan a bootdev to find bootflows (owned by
U-Boot)
- bootflow - a description of how to boot (owned by the distro)
This series provides an implementation of these, enabled to scan for
bootflows from MMC, USB and Ethernet. It supports the existing distro
boot as well as the EFI loader flow (bootefi/bootmgr). It works
similiarly to the existing script-based approach, but is native to
U-Boot.
With this we can boot on a Raspberry Pi 3 with just one command:
bootflow scan -lb
which means to scan, listing (-l) each bootflow and trying to boot each
one (-b). The final patch shows this.
With a standard way to identify boot devices, booting become easier. It
also should be possible to support U-Boot scripts, for backwards
compatibility only.
...
The design is described in these two documents:
https://drive.google.com/file/d/1ggW0KJpUOR__vBkj3l61L2dav4ZkNC12/view?usp=sharinghttps://drive.google.com/file/d/1kTrflO9vvGlKp-ZH_jlgb9TY3WYG6FF9/view?usp=sharing
Add a set of combined tests for the bootdev, bootflow and bootmeth
commands, along with associated functionality.
Expand the sandbox console-recording limit so that these can work.
These tests rely on a filesystem script which is not yet added to the
Python tests. It is included here as a shell script.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootdev driver for MMC. It mostly just calls the bootdev helper
function.
Add a function to obtain the block device for an MMC controller.
Fix up the comment for mmc_get_blk_desc() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a bootmeth driver which handles distro boot from a disk, so we can
boot a bootflow using this commonly used mechanism.
In effect, this provides the same functionality as the 'sysboot' command
and shares the same code. But the interface into it is via a bootmeth.
For now this requires the 'pxe' command be enabled. Future work may tidy
this up so that it can be used without CONFIG_CMDLINE being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A bootmeth is a method of locating an operating system. For now, just
add the uclass itself. Drivers for particular bootmeths are added later.
If no bootmeths devices are included in the devicetree, create them
automatically. This avoids the need for boilerplate in the devicetree
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A 'bootdev' is a device which can be used to boot an operating system.
It is a child of the media device (e.g. MMC) which handles reading files
from that device, such as a bootflow file.
Add a uclass for bootdev and the various helpers needed to make it
work. Also add a binding file, empty for now.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The 'bootstd' device provides the central information about U-Boot
standard boot.
Add a uclass for bootstd and the various helpers needed to make it
work. Also add a binding file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A bootflow encapsulates the process used to boot an operating system.
It typically has a control file (such as extlinux.conf) and information
about which 'bootdev' it came from.
Add the header file for this first, since it is needed by all other
files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When sandbox is used with hostfs we won't have a block device, but still
must set up the filesystem type before any filesystem operation, such as
loading a file. Add a function to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases two devices are related and the only way to tell is to
check that the names partially patch. Add a way to check this without
needing to create a new string for the comparison.
Fix the comment for device_find_child_by_namelen() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems that namelen is more common in U-Boot. Rename this function to
fit in better. Also fix a bug where it breaks the operation of
uclass_get_by_name() and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reported-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
At present it is not possible to find out which part of the string is the
number part and which is before it. Add a new variant which provides this
feature, so we can separate the two in the caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this has a minor bug in that it reads the byte before the
start of the string, if it is empty. Also it doesn't handle a
non-numeric prefix which is only one character long.
Fix these bugs with a reworked implementation. Add a test for the second
case. The first one is hard to test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tweak a few comments to kep sphinx happy, in case we want to include this
file one day.
Also fix the 'exxamine' typo.
Patch-notes:
This uses:
sed -i 's/@param \(\S*\)\s*/@\1: /' include/vsprintf.h
to convert the @param to the new format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On Layerscape platforms, the DTB is loaded from boot filesystem,
per the fdt_addr description in doc/README.distro, it must be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Documentation:
* Document image size parameter of bootefi command
UEFI:
* avoid building partition support in SPL/TPL where not required
* improve integration of EFI subsystem and driver model
* restore ability to boot arbitrary blob
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=a5qc
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc1-3' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1-3
Documentation:
* Document image size parameter of bootefi command
UEFI:
* avoid building partition support in SPL/TPL where not required
* improve integration of EFI subsystem and driver model
* restore ability to boot arbitrary blob
In include/blk.h, Simon suggested:
===>
/*
* These functions should take struct udevice instead of struct blk_desc,
* but this is convenient for migration to driver model. Add a 'd' prefix
* to the function operations, so that blk_read(), etc. can be reserved for
* functions with the correct arguments.
*/
unsigned long blk_dread(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt, void *buffer);
unsigned long blk_dwrite(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt, const void *buffer);
unsigned long blk_derase(struct blk_desc *block_dev, lbaint_t start,
lbaint_t blkcnt);
<===
So new interfaces are provided with this patch.
They are expected to be used everywhere in U-Boot at the end.
The exceptions are block device drivers, partition drivers and efi_disk
which should know details of blk_desc structure.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Add efi_disk_probe() function.
This function creates an efi_disk object for a raw disk device (UCLASS_BLK)
and additional objects for related partitions (UCLASS_PARTITION).
So this function is expected to be called through driver model's "probe"
interface every time one raw disk device is detected and activated.
We assume that partition devices (UCLASS_PARTITION) have been created
when this function is invoked.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
In the next commit, CONFIG_EFI_SETUP_EARLY will become mandated
in order to support dynamic enumeration of efi_disk objects.
This can, however, be problematic particularly in case of file-based
variable storage (efi_variable.c, default).
Non-volatile variables are to be restored from EFI system partition
by efi_init_variables() in efi_init_obj_list(). When efi_init_obj_list()
is called in board_init_r(), we don't know yet what disk devices
we have since none of device probing commands (say, scsi rescan) has not
been executed at that stage.
So in this commit, a preparatory change is made; efi_init_obj_list() is
broken into the two functions;
* efi_init_early(), and
* new efi_init_obj_list()
Only efi_init_early() will be called in board_init_r(), which allows
us to execute any of device probing commands, either though "preboot"
variable or normal command line, before calling efi_init_obj_list() which
is to be invoked at the first execution of an efi-related command
(or at efi_launch_capsules()) as used to be.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
NOTE: probably we have to update config dependencies,
in particular, SPL/TPL_PRINTF?
With this new function, UCLASS_PARTITION devices will be created as
child nodes of UCLASS_BLK device.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Since host_get_dev_errr() is defined in drivers/block/sandbox.c,
the associated function prototype should be in a more appropriate
header file.
Fixes: commit 4101f68792 ("dm: Drop the block_dev_desc_t typedef")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some defconfig enables CMD_PART even if none of any partition table
types (CONFIG_*_PARTITION) are enabled.
This will lead to the size growth in SPL/TPL code since disk/part.c
will be compiled in any way.
We will change disk/Kconfig later so that CONFIG_PARTITIONS is only
enabled when, at least, one of CONFIG_*_PARTITION is enabled.
To make the build work (in particular, "part" command) correctly,
a few functions should be defined as void functions in case of
!CONFIG_PARTITIONS.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Since CONFIG_[SPL|TPL]_PARTITIONS were introduced, part.h has not been
updated. Due to this, while the build won't fail, some functionality may
possibly break as some partition-related functions are nullified even
though some partition table types are enabled for SPL/TPL.
Fixes: commit 88ca8e2695 ("disk: Add an option for partitions in SPL")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Some errno numbers are used in defining inline functions.
So "errno.h" should be explicitly included to avoid possible build errors.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
distro_bootcmd uses this construct a few times to test $fdt_addr_r,
and fall back on $fdtcontroladdr if not set/invalid:
if fdt addr ${fdt_addr_r}; then
...
else
...
fi
If the `fdt addr` test fails, it prints the following message on the
console, suggesting there is an error when there is not:
libfdt fdt_check_header(): FDT_ERR_BADMAGIC
To remove this potentially confusing error message, this patch adds -q
as a 'quiet' option for fdt addr, and uses this flag in
config_distro_bootcmd.h
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Allow to disable PHY driver in SPL because it checks the CONFIG_SPL_PHY
variable for SPL builds.
The same change was done for usb by commit fd09c205fc ("usb:
s/CONFIG_DM_USB/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_USB)/").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enough space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
File fs/ubifs/crc16.h is standard linux's crc16.h include file. So move it
from fs/ubifs to include/linux where are also other linux include files.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-Boot CRC-16 implementation uses polynomial x^16 + x^12 + x^5 + 1 which is
not standard CRC-16 algorithm, but it is known as CRC-16-CCITT. Rename file
crc16.c to crc16-ccitt.c to reduce confusion.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_MMCROOT is only used to set mmcroot, no need a dedicated macro.
Script as below
"
for i in `ls include/configs/*.h`
do
mmcroot=`sed -n '/define.*MMCROOT/ p' $i | awk -F\" '{ print $2;}'`
if [ ! -n "$mmcroot" ]; then
continue
fi
sed -i '/define.*MMCROOT/ d' $i
sed -i 's,\" CONFIG_MMCROOT \",'$mmcroot',g' $i
done
"
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced Extended WiFi (BBE Extended WiFi) has
its own devicetree file and the board can be identified by the 2nd
letter of the config string within the common EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
The Sancloud BeagleBone Enhanced Lite (BBE Lite) has its own devicetree
file and the board can be identified by the 2nd letter of the config
string within the common EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Currently there is only one way to override desired environment location,
by implementing env_get_location(). This is increasingly being conflated
both on board level and architecture level, which leads to a problem on
boards where this function is already implemented on architecture level,
since those boards have no way to override this environment location on
board level anymore.
Implement arch_env_get_location() function which is architecture specific
and should only ever be implemented in architecture code. This function
has lower priority than env_get_location(), which should only ever be
implemented in board code, and which overrides the arch_env_get_location()
architecture environment selection.
This way, architecture can define its default environment chooser, while
board can now override it as needed at all times.
There is no functional change, since env_get_location() simply returns
arch_env_get_location(), and arch_env_get_location() implements the
current env_get_location() default content.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Tommaso Merciai <tomm.merciai@gmail.com>
Cc: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-By: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Acked-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With SPL_DM_MMC and DM_MMC, the two macros not needed, drop it.
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_USDHC_NUM 2
#define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ESDHC_ADDR 0
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This GPIO is actually an input "Q7_3V3_PCIE_WAKE#_IN" not an output, so
remove the misleaading and incorrect definition.
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> (re: pci: imx: use vpcie-supply if defined by device-tree)
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
The Globalscale Technologies Sheevaplug board has the network chip
Marvell 88E1116R. Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310
driver to bring up Ethernet.
- Remove CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol from all board files
- Use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/Marvell/sheevaplug/sheevaplug.h, use BIT macro, and add/cleanup
comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
The Colibri PXA270 has been end-of-life since quite a while and would
require more and more maintenance (e.g. DM conversions).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The GW74xx is based on the i.MX 8M Plus SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller
- PCIe Gen 3.0 switch (build option)
- USB 3.0 HUB
- USB Type-C front panel connector
- GPS
- 3-axis accelerometer
- CAN bus
- 6x GbE RJ45 front-panel jacks
- 1x IMX8M FEC RGMII GbE (with Passive PoE)
- 5x IMX8M EQOS RGMII 6 port GbE Switch
(1x with 802.3af class 5 Active PoE)
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- MIPI header (DSI/CSI/GPIO/PWM/I2S)
- DigI/O header (UART/GPIO/I2C/ADC)
- 802.11ac WiFi
- Bluetooth BLE
- 3x MiniPCIe sockets with PCI/USB
- 1x M.2 Socket with USB2.0, PCIe, and dual-SIM
- PMIC
- Wide range DC input supply (8V to 60V DC)
Do the following to add support for this and future imx8mp-venice boards:
- add dts
- add DRAM config
- add PMIC config
- add IMX8MP support in spl.c and venice.c
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use the common GSC driver.
This allows us to do some additional cleanup:
- use the GSC driver functions
- move waiting for the EEPROM to the SPL int (it will always be ready
after this)
- move eeprom functions into eeprom file and elimate GSC_I2C_BUS
- eliminate some redundant EEPROM reads (the EEPROM must be read in
SPL before relocation, in SPL after relocation, and in U-Boot init.
All subsequent uses can use the global structure)
- remove unnecessary header files and alphabatize includes
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable USB support for host controller and various USB ethernet
devices.
Example usage of USB Mass Storage (UMS) support:
u-boot=> mmc list
FSL_SDHC: 0
FSL_SDHC: 1
FSL_SDHC: 2 (eMMC)
u-boot=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0xe30000
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use PREBOOT as well. This allows a customer to just set fdt_board as
on any other module to customize the device tree for his carrier
board.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop optional support for the ancient Apalis iMX6 V1.0 hardware which
had the UART wired as DCE rather than DTE.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop legacy nfsboot script in favor of distroboot DHCP boot.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Use the same name of DHCP Distroboot script as in regular eMMC case.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Drop Apalis iMX8X platform as it never left sample state and is no
longer supported.
Signed-off-by: Denys Drozdov <denys.drozdov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add i.MX8MP power domain handling into the driver. This is based on the
Linux GPCv2 driver state which is soon to be in Linux next.
Tested-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com> #imx8mp-venice-gw74xx
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Implement power_domain_get_by_name() convenience function which parses
DT property 'power-domain-names' and looks up power domain by matching
name.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should only access console_devices[file][i] once we have checked that i
< cd_count[file]. Otherwise, we will access uninitialized memory at the end
of the loop. console_devices[file][i] should not be NULL, but putting the
assignment in the loop condition allows us to ensure that i is checked
beforehand. This isn't a bug, but it does make valgrind stop complaining.
Fixes: 400797cad3 ("IOMUX: Split out for_each_console_dev() helper macro")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Scull <ascull@google.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
When every member of a linker list is aligned by the compiler, we can no
longer rely on the sizeof of the struct to determine the number of
entries.
For example, if the struct size is 0x90 but every entry is aligned to 0xa0
by the compiler, the linker list entries takes more space in memory and
the calculation of the number of entries is incorrect. For example, we may
see 0x12 entries when there are only 0x11.
This is a real problem. There may be a general solution, although I cannot
currently think of one. So far it only bites with OF_PLATDATA_RT which
creates a pointer to each entry of the 'struct udevice' linker_list. This
does not happen without that option, so it only affects SPL.
Work around it by manually calculating the aligned size of struct udevice,
then using that for the n_ent calculation.
Note: the alignment fix to linker list was here:
0b2fa98aa5 linker_lists: Fix alignment issue
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if devres is enabled in U-Boot proper it is enabled in SPL.
We don't normally want it there, so disable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
In order to update the DT for rk3288
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Keep SCLK_MAC_PLL in use for rk3288 clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3288
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Change location to be more in line with other SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3228
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3228
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.17 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3066
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Include SCSI in the list of boot targets if CONFIG_CMD_SCSI is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- DM9000 DM support
- tftp server bug fix
- mdio ofnode support functions
- Various phy fixes and improvements.
[trini: Fixup merge conflicts in drivers/net/phy/ethernet_id.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c include/phy.h]
The capsule update code has been modified for getting the image GUID
values from the platform code. With this, each image now has a unique
GUID value. With this change, there is no longer a need for defining
GUIDs for FIT and raw images. Remove these GUID values.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Add a structure which defines the information that is needed for
executing capsule updates on a platform. Some information in the
structure like the dfu string is used for making the update process
more robust while some information like the per platform image GUIDs
is used for fixing issues. Initialise this structure in the board
file, and use the information for the capsule updates.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
It seems like there was some merge error when first cleaning up and
sharing this function. We have both an inline version of the function
in include/tables_csum.h and a non-inline version in lib/tables_csum.c.
Rework things so that we only have the non-inline version (due to number
of calls, we should not inline this).
Fixes: 1befb38b86 ("x86: Move table csum into separate file")
Fixes: 2b445e4d31 ("x86: Move table csum into separate header")
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@csgraf.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case the DT LED subnode contains "default-state" property set to
either "on" or "off", probe the LED driver and configure the LED state
automatically.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Alex Nemirovsky <alex.nemirovsky@cortina-access.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Steven Lawrance <steven.lawrance@softathome.com>
[trini: Update the relevant test now that we have support]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Drop legacy #define CONFIG_DRIVER_DM9000 from board include/configs/
and enable the same in Kconfig configs/ .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Dispose of dm9000.h because none of the function prototypes declared in
it are called anywhere in the codebase. Staticize dm9000_read_srom_word()
because it is now called only from within the dm9000 driver. Drop
dm9000_write_srom_word() because it is no longer used.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The IMX_FEC_BASE value is not used when CONFIG_DM_ETH is configured. So this
value can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Currently the space between kernel_addr_r and the fdt_addr_r is only 32MB.
To have enought space to load kernel images bigger than 32MB change the
variables to a feasible value.
The new environment variables layout is based on the scheme from
"include/configs/ti_armv7_common.h".
The CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR value is set to 0x42000000. With that we have
the same value as for the kernel_addr_r.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Add new board based on the Toradex Verdin iMX8M Mini SoM, the MX8Menlo.
The board is a compatible replacement for i.MX53 M53Menlo and features
USB, multiple UARTs, ethernet, LEDs, SD and eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The Linux kernel moved dt-bindings/pinctrl/pins-imxrt to the device tree
This patch move it in U-Boot as well.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Update the 'boot_net' script to load the fdt with the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add support for Data Modul i.MX8M Mini eDM SBC board. This is an
evaluation board for various custom display units. Currently
supported are serial console, ethernet, eMMC, SD, SPI NOR,
USB host and USB OTG.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add driver for the NXP TJA1100 and TJA1101 PHYs. These PHYs are special
BroadRReach 100BaseT1 PHYs used in automotive.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This macro currently supports only one parameter. Based on Linux iopoll,
let's extend read_poll_timeout common API to allow multiple variable
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
This driver supports NXP C45 TJA11XX PHYs, but there're also other NXP
TJA11XX PHYs. Let's rename functions in this driver to be c45 variant
specific, so further drivers can be introduced adding support for NXP
TJA11XX PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel.dalessandro@collabora.com>
Since we envision using overlays for display interfaces, the video=
settings within vidargs are obsolete. Remove these settings from the
U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
All the other NAND-based boards have tdxargs specified for setting
manual kernel command-line arguments.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
The COUNTER_FREQUENCY is missed in 8ulp configs, it will cause SPL
and u-boot not set the cntfrq_el0. For u-boot, this is ok, because
ATF has set it. But for SPL, it will lead delay and get_timer
not working.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Because the Beacon imx8mn board uses device tree
for MMC/SD and Ethernet, there is no need to have some of the
config options. It's handled by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Because the Beacon imx8mm board uses device tree
for MMC/SD and Ethernet, there is no need to have some of the
config options. It's handled by the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add a driver for the Gateworks System Controller used on Gateworks boards
which provides a boot watchdog, power control, temperature monitor,
and voltage ADCs.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In cpu_to_be32_array() and be32_to_cpu_array() we should not compare an int
counter to a size_t parameter. Correct the type of the counter. This
exists in upstream as b4c80629c5c9 ("include/linux/byteorder/generic.h:
fix index variables").
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
i.MX8(QM/QXP) - added support for JR driver model.
sec is initialized based on job ring information processed
from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Gaurav Jain <gaurav.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
We need to know where the typedef of 'ofnode' comes from.
Fixes: c86a4de8df ("mtd: Add flash_node in struct mtd_info")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, add_mtd_partitions_of() can be used only if dev field of
mtd_info struct is populated. It's the case, for example, for a spi nor
flash, which has a DT compatible "jedec,spi-nor" and an associated
device. mtd->dev is populated in spi_nor_scan().
But in case of a raw nand node, mtd_info's dev field can't be populated
as flash node has no compatible, so no associated device.
add_mtd_partitions_of() can't be used to parse "partitions" subnode.
To remove this constraint, add an ofnode field in mtd_info struct
which reference the DT flash node. This new field is populated by
nand_scan_tail(). This new field will be used by add_mtd_partitions_of()
to parse the flash node for "partitions" defined in DT.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Farhan Ali <farhan.ali@broadcom.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Prior to introduction of modifications in rsassa_pss functions
related to padding verification, doing a pass to update
const-correctness in targeted functions to comply with
coding-rules and avoid const-cast
Signed-off-by: SESA644425 <gioja.hermann@non.se.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This annotates malloc and friends so that valgrind can track the heap. To
do this, we need to follow a few rules:
* Call VALGRIND_MALLOCLIKE_BLOCK whenever we malloc something
* Call VALGRIND_FREELIKE_BLOCK whenever we free something (generally after
we have done our bookkeeping)
* Call VALGRIND_RESIZEINPLACE_BLOCK whenever we change the size of an
allocation. We don't record the original request size of a block, and
neither does valgrind. For this reason, we pretend that the old size of
the allocation was for 0 bytes. This marks the whole allocaton as
undefined, so in order to mark all bits correctly, we must make the whole
new allocation defined with VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED. This may cause us
to miss some invalid reads, but there is no way to detect these without
recording the original size of the allocation.
In addition to the above, dlmalloc itself tends to make a lot of accesses
which we know are safe, but which would be unsafe outside of dlmalloc. For
this reason, we provide a suppression file which ignores errors ocurring in
dlmalloc.c
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Valgrind uses magic code sequences to define an ABI that the client may use
to request behavior from the host. In particular, this may be used to
inform valgrind about custom allocators, such as the one used in U-Boot.
This adds headers defining these sequences to U-Boot. It also adds a config
option to disable emission of these sequences entirely, in the (likely)
event that the user does not wish to use valgrind. Note that this option is
called NVALGRIND upstream, but was renamed (and inverted) to
CONFIG_VALGRIND. Aside from this and the conversion of a few instances of
VALGRIND_DO_CLIENT_REQUEST_EXPR to STMT, these headers are unmodified.
These headers were copied from valgrind 3.16.1-4 as distributed in Arch
Linux. They are licensed with the bzip2 1.16 license. This appears to be a
BSD license with some clauses from Zlib.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Documentation:
* Describe how enable DM_SERIAL for a board
UEFI
* Preparatory patches for better integration of DM and UEFI
* Use sysreset after capsule updates instead of do_reset
* Allow to disable persisting non-volatile variables
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=SxkC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'efi-2022-07-rc1' of https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi
Pull request for efi-2022-07-rc1
Documentation:
* Describe how enable DM_SERIAL for a board
UEFI
* Preparatory patches for better integration of DM and UEFI
* Use sysreset after capsule updates instead of do_reset
* Allow to disable persisting non-volatile variables
Currently we require PHY interface mode to be known when
finding/creating the PHY - the functions
* phy_connect_phy_id()
* phy_device_create()
* create_phy_by_mask()
* search_for_existing_phy()
* get_phy_device_by_mask()
* phy_find_by_mask()
all require the interface parameter, but the only thing done with it is
that it is assigned to phydev->interface.
This makes it impossible to find a PHY device without overwriting the
set mode.
Since the interface mode is not used during .probe() and should be used
at first in .config(), drop the interface parameter from these
functions. Make the default value of phydev->interface (in
phy_device_create()) to be PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA. Move the interface
parameter to phy_connect_dev(), where it should be.
Change all occurrences treewide. In occurrences where we don't call
phy_connect_dev() for some reason (they only configure the PHY without
connecting it to an ethernet controller), set
phydev->interface = value from phy_find_by_mask call.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Use phydev->is_c45 instead of is_10g_interface(phydev->interface) to
determine whether clause 45 protocol should be used.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA to the beginning of the enum definition to
make it have zero value. This makes it possible (although not
encouraged) to test for invalid/nonexistent interface mode with !val
instead of val == PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA.
The comment near the definition says "Must be last", because when the
constant was introduced in commit 5f184715ec ("Create PHY Lib for
U-Boot"), it was used as the maximum value when interating over the
constants. But this is no longer true - we use PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MAX
for that now, and so we can move it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Rename constant PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NONE to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA to make
it compatible with Linux' naming.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Rename constant PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_COUNT to PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_MAX to
make it compatible with Linux' naming.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add helpers ofnode_read_phy_mode() and dev_read_phy_mode() to parse the
"phy-mode" / "phy-connection-type" property. Add corresponding UT test.
Use them treewide.
This allows us to inline the phy_get_interface_by_name() into
ofnode_read_phy_mode(), since the former is not used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add wrappers dm_mdio_read(), dm_mdio_write() and dm_mdio_reset() for
DM MDIO's .read(), .write() and .reset() operations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Add helpers ofnode_get_phy_node() and dev_get_phy_node() and use it in
net/mdio-uclass.c function dm_eth_connect_phy_handle(). Also add
corresponding UT test.
This is useful because other part's of U-Boot may want to get PHY ofnode
without connecting a PHY.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With dm-tag feature, any U-Boot subsystem is allowed to associate
arbitrary number of data with a particular udevice. This can been
see as expanding "struct udevice" without modifying the definition.
As a first user, UEFI subsystem makes use of tags to associate
an efi_disk object with a block device.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the upstream gpio-line-names property already described
in the common GPIO binding document[1]. The ability to search for a line
name allows boards to lift the implementation of common GPIO behaviours
away from specific line indexes on a GPIO controller.
[1] 3c35bfee83/dtschema/schemas/gpio/gpio.yaml (L17)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Jeffery <andrew@aj.id.au>
Based on current usage, migrate a number of DP-DDR related options to
Kconfig.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform has CONFIG_ETH_DESIGNWARE set already, which is the
correct value for the driver in question. Remove this incorrect line.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As no platforms override this value, set it for all mpc83xx platforms.
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move these two options to the arch Kconfig file.
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This symbol is only possibly useful on some mvebu platforms, so move the
symbol there and select it for the only current user.
Cc: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a little tricky since SoCFPGA has code to determine this as
runtime. Introduce a guard variable for platforms to select if they
have a static value to use. Then for ARCH_SOCFPGA, call
cm_get_qspi_controller_clk_hz() and otherwise continue the previous
behavior.
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF0
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF1
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF2
CONFIG_CONS_SCIF4
CONFIG_CONS_SCIFA0
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These values are only used in one file, reference them more directly.
Cc: Kamil Lulko <kamil.lulko@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: uboot-stm32@st-md-mailman.stormreply.com
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This code is only used on the corvus platform, so migrate the LED on/off
code to this platform and remove it from the CONFIG namespace. In
theory, this should likely be moved to the modern GPIO LED driver as a
further cleanup.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
A number of CONFIG options are used on these platforms as part of the
default environment. Set some of these more directly and in other
cases, just reference them directly.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CM_INIT
CONFIG_CM_REMAP
CONFIG_CM_SPD_DETECT
CONFIG_CM_MULTIPLE_SSRAM
CONFIG_CM_TCRAM
We make the first three of these options be always enabled, as that
matches usage. We select the last two based on how they were defined in
armcoremodule.h. This also allows us to remove some unused code in
board/armltd/integrator/lowlevel_init.S
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is only enabled for CI_UDC and !TEGRA20, so implement it as
such in Kconfig directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT
To do this, introduce CONFIG_HAS_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For platform which can boot on different device, this allows
to override interface, device and partition from board code
Signed-off-by: He Yong <hyyoxhk@163.com>
This file uses struct driver, so declare it at the top in case the
header-inclusion order is not as expected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
